ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS INC
S-1/A, 1997-01-30
TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH APPARATUS
Previous: BERNSTEIN SANFORD CO INC, SC 13G, 1997-01-30
Next: CINERGY CORP, U-1/A, 1997-01-30



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 30, 1997
    
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-20369
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              -------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
    
   
                                       TO
    
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              -------------------
 
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          3661                  68-0277743
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
incorporation or organization)                                        No.)
</TABLE>
 
                         1445 MCDOWELL BOULEVARD NORTH
                               PETALUMA, CA 94954
                                 (707) 794-7700
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   Registrant's principal executive offices)
                             ---------------------
 
                                  DONALD GREEN
               CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                         1445 MCDOWELL BOULEVARD NORTH
                               PETALUMA, CA 94954
                                 (707) 794-7700
  (Name and address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
                          code, of agent for service)
                             ---------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
              SCOTT D. LESTER, ESQ.                              KENNETH M. SIEGEL, ESQ.
              DAVID R. GILBERT, ESQ.                             TAMARA G. MATTISON, ESQ.
         BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP                     WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
                    ONE MARKET                                   PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
                SPEAR STREET TOWER                                  650 PAGE MILL ROAD
             SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105                             PALO ALTO, CA 94304-1050
                  (415) 442-0900                                      (415) 493-9300
</TABLE>
 
                              -------------------
 
    APPROXIMATE  DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: AS SOON AS
PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered  on
a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /
 
    If this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an  offering
pursuant  to Rule 462(b) under  the Securities Act, check  the following box and
list the  Securities  Act registration  statement  number of  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box. / /
                              -------------------
 
   
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933, AS  AMENDED, OR UNTIL  THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
SHALL  BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE  AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
    This  Registration Statement contains two forms of prospectus: (i) one to be
used in connection with an offering in  the United States and Canada (the  "U.S.
Prospectus")  and (ii)  the other  to be  used in  connection with  a concurrent
offering  outside  of   the  United  States   and  Canada  (the   "International
Prospectus"). The U.S. Prospectus and the International Prospectus are identical
in all respects except for the front cover page of the International Prospectus,
which  is included  herein after the  final page  of the U.S.  Prospectus and is
labeled "Alternate Page for  International Prospectus." Final  forms of each  of
the Prospectuses will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under
Rule 424(b).
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
 PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
 ISSUED JANUARY 30, 1997
    
                                2,600,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                             ---------------------
 
   
OF THE 2,600,000  SHARES OF  COMMON STOCK  OFFERED, 2,080,000  SHARES ARE  BEING
OFFERED INITIALLY IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND
  520,000 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES AND
    CANADA  BY THE  INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS.  SEE "UNDERWRITERS."  OF THE
    2,080,000  SHARES  OF   COMMON  STOCK   BEING  OFFERED   BY  THE   U.S.
     UNDERWRITERS,  160,000  SHARES  ARE  BEING  SOLD  BY  THE  COMPANY AND
     1,920,000 SHARES ARE  BEING SOLD  BY THE  SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.  SEE
       "PRINCIPAL  AND  SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS."  THE  COMPANY  WILL NOT
         RECEIVE ANY OF  THE PROCEEDS FROM  THE SALE OF  SHARES BY  THE
         SELLING STOCKHOLDERS. THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK IS LISTED ON
          THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET UNDER  THE SYMBOL  "AFCI." ON
            JANUARY 29,  1997, THE  LAST SALE  PRICE OF  THE  COMMON
            STOCK  AS REPORTED ON THE  NASDAQ  NATIONAL MARKET WAS
               $46 PER SHARE. SEE "PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK."
    
 
                           --------------------------
 
         THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE ``RISK FACTORS"
                          COMMENCING ON PAGE 4 HEREOF.
                             ---------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
  EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED   UPON   THE   ACCURACY  OR   ADEQUACY   OF   THIS  PROSPECTUS.
       ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO  THE  CONTRARY  IS  A  CRIMINAL   OFFENSE.
                            ------------------------
 
                                PRICE $  A SHARE
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             UNDERWRITING                            PROCEEDS TO
                                           PRICE TO         DISCOUNTS AND        PROCEEDS TO           SELLING
                                            PUBLIC         COMMISSIONS (1)       COMPANY (2)         STOCKHOLDERS
                                      ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                   <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
PER SHARE...........................          $                   $                   $                   $
TOTAL (3)...........................          $                   $                   $                   $
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
    (1)  THE COMPANY AND  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE  AGREED TO INDEMNIFY THE
       UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
       SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.
 
    (2) BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY ESTIMATED AT $450,000.
 
    (3) CERTAIN SELLING STOCKHOLDERS  HAVE GRANTED TO  THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS  AN
       OPTION,  EXERCISABLE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP TO
       AN AGGREGATE OF  390,000 ADDITIONAL SHARES  AT THE PRICE  TO PUBLIC  LESS
       UNDERWRITING  DISCOUNTS  AND  COMMISSIONS  FOR  THE  PURPOSE  OF COVERING
       OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE SUCH OPTION IN
       FULL, THE TOTAL PRICE TO  PUBLIC, UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND  COMMISSIONS
       AND  PROCEEDS TO SELLING STOCKHOLDERS WILL BE $            , $
       AND $           , RESPECTIVELY. SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
 
                         ------------------------------
 
    THE SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR  SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED  BY
THE  UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT  TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
BY WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH &  ROSATI, PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, COUNSEL FOR  THE
UNDERWRITERS.  IT IS  EXPECTED THAT DELIVERY  OF THE  SHARES WILL BE  MADE ON OR
ABOUT             , 1997 AT THE OFFICE OF MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NEW
YORK, N.Y., AGAINST PAYMENT THEREFOR IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
 
                           --------------------------
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
            INCORPORATED
 
                MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
                                COWEN & COMPANY
 
                                                               HAMBRECHT & QUIST
 
           , 1997
<PAGE>
    NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO  GIVE
ANY  INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN  AS CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR BY ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY BY ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL FOR SUCH PERSON TO
MAKE SUCH AN OFFERING OR SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS
NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE  HEREUNDER  SHALL UNDER  ANY  CIRCUMSTANCE  IMPLY  THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS  CORRECT AS OF ANY  DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE  DATE
HEREOF.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       PAGE
                                                                                                                     ---------
<S>                                                                                                                  <C>
Prospectus Summary.................................................................................................          3
Risk Factors.......................................................................................................          4
The Company........................................................................................................         13
Use of Proceeds....................................................................................................         14
Dividend Policy....................................................................................................         14
Price Range of Common Stock........................................................................................         14
Capitalization.....................................................................................................         15
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...............................................................................         16
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations..............................         17
Business...........................................................................................................         24
Management.........................................................................................................         38
Certain Transactions...............................................................................................         48
Principal and Selling Stockholders.................................................................................         51
Description of Capital Stock.......................................................................................         54
Shares Eligible for Future Sale....................................................................................         57
Underwriters.......................................................................................................         59
Legal Matters......................................................................................................         62
Experts............................................................................................................         62
Additional Information.............................................................................................         62
Glossary of Terms..................................................................................................         63
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.........................................................................        F-l
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
    The  Universal Modular Carrier  1000-TM- is a trademark  of the Company. All
other trademarks or trade names referred to in this Prospectus are the  property
of their respective owners.
                            ------------------------
 
   
    EXCEPT  AS OTHERWISE NOTED HEREIN, INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES NO
EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT  OPTION. THE COMPANY OPERATES ON  A
13-WEEK  FISCAL QUARTER, COMPRISED OF FOUR, FOUR  AND FIVE WEEK MONTHS ENDING ON
THE LAST SATURDAY  OF THE  LAST WEEK OF  THE FIVE-WEEK  MONTH. FOR  PRESENTATION
PURPOSES  ONLY, THE COMPANY HAS SHOWN ITS  FIRST THREE FISCAL QUARTERS AS ENDING
ON MARCH 31, JUNE 30 AND SEPTEMBER  30 AND ITS FOURTH FISCAL QUARTER AND  FISCAL
YEAR AS ENDING ON DECEMBER 31.
    
                            ------------------------
 
    SEE  "GLOSSARY OF  TERMS" COMMENCING ON  PAGE 63 FOR  DEFINITIONS OF VARIOUS
ACRONYMS AND TECHNICAL TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
                            ------------------------
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE  COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH  TRANSACTIONS MAY  BE EFFECTED  ON THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET  OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
                            ------------------------
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE
MARKET  MAKING TRANSACTIONS  IN THE  COMMON STOCK OF  THE COMPANY  ON THE NASDAQ
NATIONAL MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 10B-6A UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934. SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND  NOTES THERETO  APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    Advanced  Fibre  Communications,  Inc.  ("AFC"  or  the  "Company") designs,
develops, manufactures,  markets  and  supports the  Universal  Modular  Carrier
1000-TM-  (the  "UMC"  system),  a  cost-effective,  multi-feature  digital loop
carrier system developed  to serve  small line-size markets.  The Company's  UMC
system  is designed  to enable  telephone companies,  cable companies  and other
service providers to connect subscribers to the central office switch for  voice
and  data communications over copper wire,  fiber optic cable, coaxial cable and
analog radio networks.  The Company  believes that the  UMC system  is the  only
digital  loop  carrier  that  can  operate  simultaneously  over  a  variety  of
transmission media.  The UMC  system  meets the  service needs  of  subscribers,
including  analog services such as plain  old telephone service, universal voice
grade service and  analog switched data  service, and digital  services such  as
high speed digital data service, ISDN, asynchronous and synchronous data channel
services.
    
 
    The  UMC  system  has  been  sold to  more  than  450  independent telephone
companies in the  United States, is  being initially deployed  by Ameritech  and
GTE,  and is in  laboratory or field  trials at Pacific  Bell and BellSouth. The
Company has  also sold  the UMC  system  to telephone  companies in  Hong  Kong,
France,  Brazil,  Canada,  China,  Mexico,  the  Netherlands  Antilles  and  the
Dominican Republic. The UMC system is distributed and serviced worldwide through
its direct  sales force  in the  domestic market  and through  its direct  sales
force, distributors and agents in international markets.
 
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
    Revenues  for the  quarter ended December  31, 1996 increased  112% to $41.4
million from $19.5 million  for the quarter ended  December 31, 1995.  Operating
income  in the quarter increased 218% to  $6.2 million from $1.9 million and net
income in the quarter increased  258% to $5.6 million  from $1.6 million in  the
quarter ended December 31, 1995. The Company continued to expand its penetration
of  international markets, completing sales to its first customers in Brazil and
increasing sales in China. The Company  has begun working with Flextronics,  one
of  the Company's  contract manufacturers,  to manufacture  UMC assemblies  at a
Flextronics facility in China.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>
U.S. Offering.......................................  2,080,000  Shares
International Offering..............................    520,000  Shares
    Total...........................................  2,600,000  Shares (including 200,000 Shares by the Company and
                                                                 2,400,000 Shares by the Selling Stockholders)
Common Stock to be outstanding after the offering...  33,157,535 Shares (1)
Use of proceeds.....................................  For general corporate purposes, including working capital
Nasdaq National Market symbol.......................  AFCI
</TABLE>
 
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              ------------------------------------------
                                                                                1993       1994       1995     1996 (2)
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues....................................................................  $     620  $  18,802  $  54,287  $ 130,193
Gross profit (loss).........................................................     (1,954)     4,678     20,818     56,243
Operating income (loss).....................................................     (7,291)    (7,791)     3,805      1,695
Net income (loss)...........................................................     (7,291)    (7,765)     2,341      7,237
Pro forma net income per share (3)..........................................                        $    0.09  $    0.21
Shares used in per share computations (3)...................................                           27,329     34,282
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                                         --------------------------
                                                                                          ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED (4)
                                                                                         ---------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities....................................  $ 108,430     $ 117,079
Working capital........................................................................    145,338       153,987
Total assets...........................................................................    175,679       184,328
Total stockholders' equity.............................................................    158,023       166,672
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
(1) Based on the number  of shares outstanding as of  December 31, 1996 and  the
    number  of shares issuable upon the  exercise of warrants by certain Selling
    Stockholders in connection with this offering. Excludes 7,008,142 shares  of
    Common  Stock reserved for issuance under  the Company's stock option plans,
    under which  options to  purchase 4,313,544  shares were  outstanding as  of
    December  31, 1996,  and 1,500,000  shares reserved  for issuance  under the
    Company's Employee Stock  Purchase Plan. Also  excludes 2,265,848 shares  of
    Common  Stock reserved  for issuance  pursuant to  the exercise  of warrants
    outstanding as of December 31, 1996, after giving effect to the exercise  of
    warrants  to  acquire  307,928 shares  of  Common Stock  by  certain Selling
    Stockholders to be sold in this offering. See "Management -- Stock Incentive
    Plan,"  "  --  Employee   Stock  Purchase  Plan,"  "Certain   Transactions,"
    "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock."
(2)  Includes  a charge  of $15.8  million to  reflect a  cash payment  of $10.1
    million  and  the  issuance  of  725,787  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  DSC
    Communications  Corporation  in  settlement of  outstanding  litigation. See
    "Business -- Legal Proceedings." Without  this charge, operating income  for
    the year ended December 31, 1996 would have been $17.5 million.
 
(3)  See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
    of the determination of the number of shares used in computing pro forma net
    income per share.
 
   
(4) As adjusted to  reflect the sale  of 200,000 shares of  Common Stock by  the
    Company  at  an  assumed  public  offering price  of  $46  per  share (after
    deducting estimated  underwriting discounts  and commissions  and  estimated
    offering expenses payable by the Company) and the issuance of 307,928 shares
    of Common Stock upon exercise of certain outstanding warrants at an exercise
    price  of $1.165 per share.  The shares issued on  exercise of such warrants
    will be sold by certain Selling  Stockholders in this offering. The  Company
    will  receive the exercise price of such  warrants, but will not receive the
    proceeds from the sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock. See "Use of
    Proceeds" and "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THIS  PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WHICH INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS  COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM  THOSE
ANTICIPATED  IN THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS,
INCLUDING THOSE SET FORTH  IN THE FOLLOWING RISK  FACTORS AND ELSEWHERE IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS.  IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY'S  BUSINESS, PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD
CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING  FACTORS IN ADDITION  TO THE OTHER  INFORMATION
PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
    LIMITED   HISTORY  OF  OPERATIONS  AND   PROFITABILITY.    The  Company  was
incorporated in May 1992  and was in the  initial startup and development  phase
through  December 1993. The Company began shipping  the UMC in January 1994 and,
accordingly,  has  a  limited  operating  history.  The  Company  has   incurred
substantial  expenditures related to the  development, manufacturing startup and
marketing of the UMC  system. As a result  of these expenditures, combined  with
$25.9  million of  expenses and settlement  amounts recorded  in connection with
certain litigation with DSC Communications Corporation ("DSC") which was settled
in June 1996,  the Company  had an  accumulated deficit  of $6.2  million as  of
December  31, 1996.  Although the Company  achieved profitability  for the years
ended December 31, 1995  and 1996, there  can be no  assurance that the  Company
will  sustain or  increase its  profitability in  the future.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations"  and
"Business -- Legal Proceedings."
 
    POTENTIAL  FLUCTUATIONS  IN  FUTURE  OPERATING  RESULTS;  SEASONALITY.   The
Company's operating results have  been, and will continue  to be, affected by  a
wide  variety of factors,  some of which  are outside of  the Company's control,
that could have a material adverse effect on revenues and results of  operations
during  any particular period.  These factors include:  the mix between domestic
and international sales; the customer mix;  the timing and size of orders  which
are  received and  can be  shipped in  a quarter;  the availability  of adequate
supplies of  key components  and assemblies  and the  adequacy of  manufacturing
capacity;  the Company's ability to introduce new products and technologies on a
timely basis; the timing  of new product introductions  or announcements by  the
Company or its competitors; price competition; and unit volume.
 
    The UMC system is sold primarily to telephone companies that install the UMC
system  as part of their access  networks. Additions to those networks represent
complex engineering projects which can require from three to twelve months  from
project  conceptualization to  completion. The  UMC system  typically represents
only a portion of a given project and, therefore, the timing of product shipment
and revenue recognition is often difficult to forecast. In developing countries,
delays and  reductions  in the  planned  project  deployment can  be  caused  by
additional factors, including reductions in capital availability due to declines
in   the  local  economy,   currency  fluctuations,  priority   changes  in  the
government's budget and delays in  receiving government approval for  deployment
of the UMC system in the local loop. The Company's expenditures for research and
development,  marketing and sales, and  general and administrative functions are
based in part on future revenue projections and in the near term are  relatively
fixed.  The  Company may  be unable  to adjust  spending in  a timely  manner in
response to any unanticipated declines in revenues. Accordingly, any significant
decline in demand for  the UMC system  relative to planned  levels could have  a
material  adverse  effect on  the  Company's business,  financial  condition and
results of operations in that quarter  or subsequent quarters. All of the  above
factors  are difficult to forecast, and  these or other factors could materially
adversely affect  the Company's  business, financial  condition and  results  of
operations.  As a result, the Company believes that period-to-period comparisons
are not necessarily meaningful and should  not be relied upon as indications  of
future  performance. Fluctuations in  the Company's operating  results may cause
volatility in the  price of the  Company's Common Stock.  Further, it is  likely
that  in some future quarter the Company's revenues or operating results will be
below the expectations of  public market analysts or  investors. In such  event,
the  market  price of  the  Company's Common  Stock  would likely  be materially
adversely affected.
 
    The Company's customers  normally install  a portion  of the  UMC system  in
outdoor  locations. Shipments of  the UMC system  are subject to  the effects of
seasonality, with fewer installation projects  scheduled for the winter  months.
Accordingly, the Company believes that over time this seasonality will cause its
revenues  in  the  quarter ended  March  31 to  be  lower than  revenues  in the
preceding quarter ended
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
December 31. In particular, the Company currently believes that revenues in  the
quarter  ended March 31,  1997 may be  lower than revenues  in the quarter ended
December 31,  1996.  See  "Management's Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Quarterly Results of Operations."
 
    DEPENDENCE  ON TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY AND  SMALL LINE-SIZE MARKET.  The
Company's customers are  concentrated in the  public carrier  telecommunications
industry.  Accordingly, the  Company's future  success depends  upon the capital
spending patterns of such customers and  the continued demand by such  customers
for  the  UMC  system. The  target  markets for  the  UMC system  are  the small
line-size markets of the United  States and developing countries.  Historically,
these  markets have had little access to  the advanced services that can be made
available through the  UMC system and,  accordingly, there can  be no  assurance
that  potential customers  will consider the  near term value  of these advanced
services to be  sufficient to influence  their purchase decisions.  Furthermore,
there  can be no assurance  that the UMC system  will find widespread acceptance
among the telephone companies and  other potential customers in small  line-size
markets   or  that  such  customers  and  potential  customers  will  not  adopt
alternative architectures or  technologies that  are incompatible  with the  UMC
technology,  which  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, there  can
be no assurance that telephone companies, foreign governments or other customers
will  pursue infrastructure upgrades that will necessitate the implementation of
advanced products such as the UMC system. Infrastructure improvements  requiring
the  Company's or similar technology may be delayed or prevented by a variety of
factors, including cost, regulatory obstacles,  the lack of consumer demand  for
advanced  telecommunications  services  and  alternative  approaches  to service
delivery. See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition  and
Results    of   Operations,"   "Business   --   Markets   and   Customers"   and
"-- Competition."
 
    CONCENTRATED PRODUCT LINE, NEW PRODUCTS AND RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE.  The
Company currently derives substantially all of its revenues from the UMC  system
and  expects that this concentration will continue in the foreseeable future. As
a result, any decrease in the overall level of sales of, or the prices for,  the
UMC  system due to  product enhancements, introductions  or announcements by the
Company's competitors,  a decline  in the  demand for  the UMC  system,  product
obsolescence  or any other  reason could have  a material adverse  effect on the
Company's  business,  financial  condition   and  results  of  operations.   See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations."
 
    The telecommunications equipment market is characterized by rapidly changing
technology, evolving industry standards,  changes in end-user requirements,  and
frequent  new  product  introductions  and  enhancements.  The  introduction  of
products embodying new technologies or  the emergence of new industry  standards
can  render existing  products obsolete  or unmarketable.  The Company's success
will depend upon its ability  to enhance the UMC  technology and to develop  and
introduce,  on a timely  basis, new products and  feature enhancements that keep
pace with technological developments and emerging industry standards and address
changing customer  requirements in  a  cost-effective manner.  There can  be  no
assurance  that  the  Company  will be  successful  in  identifying, developing,
manufacturing, and marketing product enhancements  or new products that  respond
to  technological change or  evolving industry standards,  that the Company will
not  experience  difficulties  that  could  delay  or  prevent  the   successful
development,  introduction  and marketing  of these  products,  or that  its new
products and product enhancements will  adequately meet the requirements of  the
marketplace  and achieve market acceptance. Furthermore,  from time to time, the
Company  may  announce  new  products  or  product  enhancements,  services   or
technologies that have the potential to replace or shorten the life cycle of the
UMC  system and  that may  cause customers to  defer purchasing  the UMC system.
There  can  be  no   assurance  that  future   technological  advances  in   the
telecommunications  industry  will not  diminish  market acceptance  of  the UMC
system or  render the  UMC system  obsolete and,  thereby, materially  adversely
affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    The   Company  has   experienced  delays   in  completing   development  and
introduction of new products, product  variations and feature enhancements,  and
there  can be no  assurance that such delays  will not continue  or recur in the
future. Furthermore, the  UMC system  contains a significant  amount of  complex
software  that  may  contain undetected  or  unresolved errors  as  products are
introduced or as new versions are
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
released. The Company has in the past discovered software errors in certain  UMC
system  installations.  There  can  be no  assurance  that,  despite significant
testing by the Company, software errors will not be found in new enhancements of
the UMC system after commencement of  shipments, resulting in delays in or  loss
of  market acceptance, either of  which could have a  material adverse effect on
the Company's  business,  financial condition  and  results of  operations.  See
"Business -- Competition" and "-- Research and Product Development."
 
    DEPENDENCE  ON SOLE-SOURCE AND OTHER KEY SUPPLIERS.  Certain components used
in the  Company's  products,  including the  Company's  proprietary  application
specific integrated circuits ("ASICs"), codecs, certain surface mount technology
components  and other  components, are  only available  from a  single source or
limited number of  suppliers. Some  of the Company's  sole-source suppliers  are
companies  which  from  time  to  time  allocate  parts  to  telephone equipment
manufacturers due to market demand for telecommunications equipment. Many of the
Company's competitors  are  much larger  and  may  be able  to  obtain  priority
allocations  from these shared suppliers,  thereby limiting or making unreliable
the sources  of supply  for  these components.  The Company  encountered  supply
delays  for  codecs in  the second  quarter  of 1994  which resulted  in delayed
shipments of  the  UMC  system, and  there  can  be no  assurance  that  similar
shortages  will not occur in the future or will not result in the Company having
to pay  a higher  price  for components.  If the  Company  is unable  to  obtain
sufficient  quantities of these or any other components, delays or reductions in
manufacturing or  product shipments  could  occur which  would have  a  material
adverse  effect on  the Company's business,  financial condition  and results of
operations. See "Business -- Manufacturing."
 
    DEPENDENCE ON  LIMITED  NUMBER  OF THIRD  PARTY  MANUFACTURERS  AND  SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS.     The  Company  relies  on  a  limited  number  of  independent
contractors that manufacture the  subassemblies to the Company's  specifications
for  use in the  Company's products. In  particular, the Company  relies on: (i)
Flextronics International  Ltd. and  Tanon Manufacturing,  Inc. (a  division  of
Electronic  Associates, Inc.) to manufacture the Company's printed circuit board
assemblies; (ii)  Paragon,  Inc.  to manufacture  backplanes  and  channel  bank
assemblies and (iii) Sonoma Metal Products, Inc. and Cowden Metal San Jose, Inc.
to   manufacture  the  outside  cabinets.  In   the  event  that  the  Company's
subcontractors were to experience financial, operational, production, or quality
assurance difficulties that resulted in a reduction or interruption in supply to
the  Company  or   otherwise  failed   to  meet   the  Company's   manufacturing
requirements,  the  Company's  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations would be adversely affected until the Company established  sufficient
manufacturing  supply from alternative  sources. There can  be no assurance that
the Company's current  or alternative  manufacturers will  be able  to meet  the
Company's  future requirements or that such manufacturing services will continue
to be available to the Company at favorable prices, or at all. See "Business  --
Manufacturing."
 
    The   Company   also   relies   on   Point-to-Point   Communications,   Inc.
("Point-to-Point"), a third-party  support organization,  to provide  first-line
technical  assistance and post-sales  support to AFC customers.  There can be no
assurance that Point-to-Point  will be  able to  provide the  level of  customer
support demanded by the Company's existing or potential customers. See "Business
- -- Sales, Marketing and Customer Support."
 
    COMPETITION.  The market for equipment for local telecommunications networks
is  extremely competitive. The Company's competitors range from small companies,
both domestic  and  international,  to  large  multinational  corporations.  The
Company's  competitors include Alcatel Alsthom Compagnie Generale d'Electricite,
DSC, ECI Telecom, Inc., E/O Networks, Fujitsu America, Inc., Hitron  Technology,
Inc., Lucent Technologies, Inc., NEC America, Inc., Northern Telecom Ltd., Opnet
Technologies  Co. Ltd.,  RELTEC Corporation, Seiscor  Technologies Inc., Siemens
Corporation, Teledata Communications Ltd. and  Vidar-SMS Co. Ltd. Many of  these
competitors  have more  extensive financial,  marketing and  technical resources
than the Company and enjoy superior name recognition in the market. In addition,
the Company has entered into agreements with the Industrial Technology  Research
Institute  ("ITRI") to jointly develop products based on the UMC system. ITRI is
a Taiwanese government-sponsored  research and development  organization in  the
telecommunications  field. Such agreements grant ITRI  and certain of its member
companies certain rights to manufacture and sell the European Telecommunications
Standards Institute ("ETSI") version of the UMC system outside of North America.
Such entities currently compete with the
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
Company  in  international  markets,  primarily  in  China.  In  addition,  upon
termination  of the agreements  with ITRI in  2002, ITRI will  have a worldwide,
non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable license to use the ETSI version of  the
UMC  technology and, consequently, such member companies will be able to compete
with the Company worldwide at such time. There is an ongoing dispute subject  to
litigation  between the Company and ITRI and  such member companies as to, among
other things,  whether  ITRI  possesses  the  right  to  grant  such  rights  to
manufacture  and sell the ETSI version of the UMC system to new member companies
and whether AFC has terminated or may terminate such agreements and the  rights,
if  any, of the  member companies thereunder.  Depending on the  outcome of this
dispute, the Company may face competition from new member companies for the ETSI
version of  the UMC  system. Such  companies may  possess substantially  greater
financial,  marketing and technical resources than  the Company. The Company may
also face competition from new market  entrants. There can be no assurance  that
the Company will be able to compete successfully in the future. See "Business --
Competition," "-- Proprietary Rights and Licenses" and "-- Legal Proceedings."
 
   
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH PENDING LITIGATION.  The Company is a party to certain
legal  proceedings including  the litigation  between the  Company and  ITRI and
certain of its member companies arising primarily out of a dispute regarding the
payment of royalties and  the supply of ASICs  under the agreements between  the
Company  and  ITRI. The  Company is  unable  to determine  the total  expense or
possible loss, if  any, that  may ultimately be  incurred in  the resolution  of
these proceedings. Regardless of the ultimate outcome of these proceedings, they
could result in significant diversion of time by the Company's management. After
consideration  of  the nature  of the  claims  and the  facts relating  to these
proceedings, the Company believes that the resolution of these proceedings  will
not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  business, financial
condition and results of operations; however, the results of these  proceedings,
including any potential settlements, are uncertain and there can be no assurance
to that effect. See "Business -- Competition" and "-- Legal Proceedings."
    
 
    LIMITED  PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY; RISK OF THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS OF
INFRINGEMENT.   The  Company  attempts  to  protect  its  technology  through  a
combination  of copyrights, trade  secret laws and  contractual obligations. The
Company does not presently hold any patents for its existing products and has no
patent applications  pending.  There can  be  no assurance  that  the  Company's
intellectual   property  protection  measures  will  be  sufficient  to  prevent
misappropriation of the Company's technology  or that the Company's  competitors
will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or
superior  to the  Company's technology.  In addition,  the laws  of many foreign
countries do not protect the Company's intellectual property rights to the  same
extent  as the laws of the United States.  The failure of the Company to protect
its proprietary  information  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    The  increasing dependence of the telecommunications industry on proprietary
technology has  resulted in  frequent  litigation based  on allegations  of  the
infringement  of  patents and  other intellectual  property.  In June  1996, the
Company settled  litigation with  DSC under  which DSC  had claimed  proprietary
rights to the UMC technology. See "Business -- Legal Proceedings." In the future
the  Company may be  subject to additional litigation  to defend against claimed
infringements of the rights of others or to determine the scope and validity  of
the  proprietary rights  of others. Future  litigation also may  be necessary to
enforce and protect trade secrets  and other intellectual property rights  owned
by  the Company.  Any such  litigation could  be costly  and cause  diversion of
management's attention, either of which could have a material adverse effect  on
the  Company's business, financial condition  and results of operations. Adverse
determinations in such  litigation could  result in  the loss  of the  Company's
proprietary  rights, subject the Company to significant liabilities, require the
Company to  seek  licenses from  third  parties,  or prevent  the  Company  from
manufacturing  or selling its products,  any one of which  could have a material
adverse effect on  the Company's  business, financial condition  and results  of
operations.  Furthermore, there can be no  assurance that any necessary licenses
will be available on reasonable terms.  See "Business -- Proprietary Rights  and
Licenses."
 
    RISK  OF FAILURE TO  MANAGE EXPANDING OPERATIONS.   The Company has recently
experienced a period  of rapid growth,  which has placed  and could continue  to
place,  a significant strain on the Company's management, operational, financial
and  other  resources.  The  members  of  the  Company's  management  team  have
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
limited   experience  in  the  management   of  rapidly  growing  companies.  To
effectively manage the recent growth as  well as any future growth, the  Company
will  need to recruit, train, assimilate, motivate and retain qualified managers
and employees. Management of future growth,  if such growth occurs, may  require
the  Company to implement expanded or  new management and accounting systems. In
connection with the Company's recent growth, management has begun evaluation  of
new  management and  accounting systems and  intends to  begin implementing such
systems in 1997. There can be no  assurance that the Company will complete  such
evaluation or implementation on a timely basis. Information systems expansion or
replacement  can be a complex, costly  and time-consuming process, and there can
be no assurance that any such activities can be accomplished without  disruption
of  the Company's business.  Any business disruption  or other system transition
difficulties could have  a material  adverse effect on  the Company's  business,
financial  condition and  results of operations.  The failure of  the Company to
effectively manage its domestic and  international operations or any current  or
future  growth could have  a material adverse effect  on the Company's business,
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  The  Company's  results  of
operations  will be adversely affected if  revenues do not increase sufficiently
to compensate  for  the  increase  in  operating  expenses  resulting  from  any
expansion.  See "Business --  Employees" and "Management  -- Executive Officers,
Key Employees and Directors."
 
    CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION.    Approximately 15.7%  and  8.1% of  the  Company's
revenues  in  1995 and  1996, respectively,  were derived  from sales  to ALLTEL
Supply, Inc. In 1995  and 1996, the Company's  five largest customers  accounted
for  approximately 37% and 28% of revenues, respectively. Although the Company's
largest customers have  varied from  period to period,  the Company  anticipates
that  its results of operations in any given period will continue to depend to a
significant extent  upon sales  to a  small  number of  customers. None  of  the
Company's  customers has  entered into an  agreement requiring it  to purchase a
minimum amount of product from the Company.  There can be no assurance that  the
Company's principal customers will continue to purchase product from the Company
at current levels, if at all. The loss of one or more major customers could have
a  material adverse  effect on the  Company's business,  financial condition and
results of operations.  See "Management's Discussion  and Analysis of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business -- Markets and Customers."
 
    RISKS   ASSOCIATED   WITH  INTERNATIONAL   MARKETS.     International  sales
constituted 13.2% and 20.8%  of the Company's total  revenues in 1995 and  1996,
respectively.  International sales have fluctuated in  absolute dollars and as a
percentage of revenues,  and are  expected to  continue to  fluctuate in  future
periods.  The Company relies on a  number of third-party distributors and agents
to market and  sell the UMC  system outside of  North America. There  can be  no
assurance  that such distributors or agents  will provide the support and effort
necessary to service international markets  effectively. The Company intends  to
expand  its  existing  international  operations  and  enter  new  international
markets, which  will  demand  significant  management  attention  and  financial
commitment.  The Company's  management has  limited experience  in international
operations, and there  can be no  assurance that the  Company will  successfully
expand  its international operations. In addition, a successful expansion by the
Company of its international operations and sales in certain markets may  depend
on  the  Company's  ability  to  establish  and  maintain  productive  strategic
relationships. To date, the  Company has formed three  joint ventures to  pursue
international  markets, two of  which have been  or are in  the process of being
terminated or liquidated  due to  differences with the  joint venture  partners.
There  can be no  assurance that the  Company will be  able to identify suitable
parties for joint ventures or strategic  relationships or, even if such  parties
are  identified, that successful joint  ventures or strategic relationships will
result. Moreover, there can  be no assurance  that the Company  will be able  to
increase  international sales of the  UMC system through strategic relationships
or joint ventures. The failure to do so could significantly limit the  Company's
ability to expand its international operations and could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    International  telephone  companies  are  in many  cases  owned  or strictly
regulated by  local regulatory  authorities.  Access to  such markets  is  often
difficult  due to  the established relationships  between a  government owned or
controlled  telephone  company  and  its  traditional  indigenous  suppliers  of
telecommunications  equipment. In addition,  the Company's bids  for business in
certain international markets typically will
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
require the Company  to post  bid and performance  bonds and  to incur  contract
penalties should the Company fail to meet production and delivery time schedules
on large orders. The failure of the Company to meet these schedules could result
in  the loss  of collateral  posted for the  bonds or  financial penalties which
could adversely affect the Company's  business, financial condition and  results
of operations.
 
    The   Company's   international   sales   currently   are   primarily   U.S.
dollar-denominated. As a  result, an increase  in the value  of the U.S.  dollar
relative   to  foreign  currencies  could   make  the  Company's  products  less
competitive in international markets. For example, increases in the value of the
U.S. dollar relative to the Mexican peso in late 1994 resulted in a  significant
decrease  in  sales  of  the  UMC  system  to  Telefonos  de  Mexico  for  1995.
Furthermore, operating in international markets subjects the Company to  certain
additional  risks,  including  unexpected  changes  in  regulatory requirements,
political and economic  conditions, tariffs or  other barriers, difficulties  in
staffing  and  managing  international operations,  exchange  rate fluctuations,
potential exchange and  repatriation controls on  foreign earnings,  potentially
negative  tax consequences,  longer sales and  payment cycles  and difficulty in
accounts receivable  collection.  In addition,  any  inability to  obtain  local
regulatory  approval could delay or prevent entrance into international markets,
which could materially  impact the Company's  business, financial condition  and
results of operations. In order to compete in international markets, the Company
will  need to comply  with various regulations  and standards. See "Management's
Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial  Condition  and Results  of  Operations,"
"Business  --  Markets  and Customers"  and  "-- Sales,  Marketing  and Customer
Support."
 
    DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The Company's success depends to a significant
extent upon a number of key  technical and management employees. In  particular,
the  Company's success  depends in  large part  on the  knowledge, expertise and
services of  its co-founders:  Donald Green,  Chairman of  the Board  and  Chief
Executive  Officer; James  T. Hoeck,  Vice President,  Advanced Development; and
John W. Webley, Vice President, Advanced  Development. The loss of the  services
of  any of  these persons  or other key  employees of  the Company  could have a
material adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business, financial  condition  and
results  of operations. The Company does not have employment agreements with, or
key person life  insurance for,  any of  its employees.  Competition for  highly
qualified  employees is  intense and the  process of locating  key technical and
management personnel with the combination  of skills and attributes required  to
execute  the Company's strategy is often lengthy. There can be no assurance that
the Company will  be successful in  retaining its existing  key personnel or  in
attracting   and  retaining  the  additional   employees  it  may  require.  See
"Management."
 
    COMPLIANCE WITH  REGULATIONS AND  INDUSTRY  STANDARDS.   The UMC  system  is
required  to  comply with  a  large number  of  voice and  data  regulations and
standards, which vary between domestic  and international markets, and may  vary
by  the specific international market into which the Company sells its products.
The standards in the United States are determined by the Federal  Communications
Commission  ("FCC"),  by  Underwriters  Laboratories,  by  independent telephone
companies and  by Bell  Communications Research  ("Bellcore"). In  international
markets,  the Company's products must comply  with recommendations issued by the
Consultative  Committee  on  International  Telegraph  and  Telephony  and  with
requirements  established by the individual  regional carriers which specify how
equipment that is connected to their  local networks must operate. In  addition,
the  Company's  products  must  comply with  standards  issued  by  the European
Telecommunications Standards  Institute.  These standards  are  implemented  and
enforced by the Telecommunications Regulatory Authority of each European nation.
Standards  for new services continue to evolve, and the Company will be required
to modify its products or  develop and support new  versions of its products  to
meet these standards. The failure of the Company's products to comply, or delays
in  meeting compliance,  with the  evolving standards  both in  its domestic and
international markets  could have  a material  adverse affect  on the  Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    In  addition, the Company will  need to ensure that  its products are easily
integrated with  the carriers'  network management  systems. The  Regional  Bell
Operating  Companies  ("RBOCs"), which  represent a  large  segment of  the U.S.
telecommunications market, in many cases require that equipment integrated  into
their  networks  be  tested  by  Bellcore,  indicating  that  the  products  are
interoperable with the operations, administration, maintenance and  provisioning
systems  used by the  RBOCs to manage their  networks. Bellcore testing requires
significant investments  in  resources to  achieve  compliance. The  UMC  system
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
completed   a  Bellcore  technical  audit  and  was  found  to  meet  applicable
requirements. The failure  to maintain such  compliance or to  obtain it on  new
features  released in  the future  could have a  material adverse  affect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    The Company has not received ISO certification, which certifies that  design
and  manufacturing  processes  adhere  to  certain  established  standards. Many
telecommunications service  providers,  particularly in  international  markets,
will   not  purchase  products  from  suppliers   that  have  not  received  ISO
certification. Accordingly, until it  is able to  obtain ISO certification,  the
Company  may be precluded  from selling its products  to these service providers
and its ability to compete with other suppliers of communications equipment  may
be  adversely affected. The Company has initiated the formal process of applying
for ISO-9001  certification and  expects to  complete the  audit process  during
1997.  ISO-9001 addresses quality assurance  in design, development, production,
installation and service. There can be no assurance as to when or if the Company
will receive such certification.  The failure to  obtain such certification  may
preclude the Company from selling the UMC system in certain markets.
 
    The   U.S.   Congress   recently   passed   new   regulations   that  affect
telecommunications services, including changes to pricing, access by competitive
suppliers and  many  other broad  changes  to the  data  and  telecommunications
networks  and services. These changes will have a major impact on the pricing of
existing services,  and may  affect  the deployment  of future  services.  These
changes  could cause  greater consolidation in  the telecommunications industry,
which in turn could disrupt existing customer relationships and have a  material
adverse  effect on  the Company's business,  financial condition  and results of
operations. There can be no assurance that any regulatory changes will not  have
a  material  adverse  effect  on  the demand  for  the  UMC  system. Uncertainty
regarding future policies combined with emerging new competition may also affect
the demand for telecommunications products such as the UMC system. See "Business
- -- Compliance with Regulatory and Industry Standards."
 
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH POTENTIAL ACQUISITIONS.   An important element of  the
Company's  strategy is to review acquisition prospects that would complement its
existing  product  offerings,  augment  its  market  coverage  or  enhance   its
technological  capabilities or  that may  otherwise offer  growth opportunities.
While the  Company  has no  current  agreements or  negotiations  underway  with
respect  to any  such acquisitions,  the Company  recently acquired  a partner's
interest in one of  its joint ventures and  may make additional acquisitions  of
businesses,  products or technologies in the  future. Future acquisitions by the
Company could result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the
incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities and amortization expenses  related
to goodwill and other intangible assets, any of which could materially adversely
affect  the Company's  business, financial  condition and  results of operations
and/or the price  of the  Company's Common Stock.  Acquisitions entail  numerous
risks,  including  difficulties  in  the  assimilation  of  acquired operations,
technologies and products, diversion of management's attention to other business
concerns, risks of entering markets in which the Company has no or limited prior
experience and potential loss  of key employees  of acquired organizations.  The
Company's  management has no experience  in assimilating acquired organizations.
No assurance can  be given  as to  the ability  of the  Company to  successfully
integrate  any  businesses, products,  technologies or  personnel that  might be
acquired in the future,  and the failure of  the Company to do  so could have  a
material  adverse  effect on  the  Company's business,  financial  condition and
results of operations. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
    MANAGEMENT'S DISCRETION AS TO USE OF UNALLOCATED NET PROCEEDS.  The  Company
expects  to  use  the net  proceeds  for general  corporate  purposes, including
working capital.  Consequently, the  Board of  Directors and  management of  the
Company  will have broad  discretion in allocating a  significant portion of the
net proceeds of this offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
    CONTROL OF  THE  COMPANY; ANTI-TAKEOVER  EFFECTS.   Immediately  after  this
offering,  officers,  directors  and  their  affiliates  will  beneficially  own
approximately 28.5%  of the  Company's  outstanding Common  Stock. Due  to  this
ownership  position, these stockholders will  be able to significantly influence
the affairs  and policies  of the  Company, the  election of  directors and  the
approval  or  disapproval  of  matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of stockholders.
Furthermore, these  stockholders  may  have conflicts  of  interest  with  other
stockholders  with  respect to  the  affairs and  policies  of the  Company. The
Company is also subject to certain provisions of
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
Delaware law which could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing  a
change  in control of the Company, including Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which  prohibits a  Delaware corporation from  engaging in  any
business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years
from  the  date  the  person became  an  interested  stockholder  unless certain
conditions are met. In addition, the Company's certificate of incorporation  and
bylaws  contain  certain  provisions that  could  discourage  potential takeover
attempts and make more difficult attempts by stockholders to change  management.
The  Company's Board of Directors is  classified into three classes of directors
serving staggered, three-year terms and has the authority, without action by the
Company's stockholders, to fix  the rights and preferences  and issue shares  of
the  Preferred Stock,  and to impose  various procedural  and other requirements
that could make it more difficult  for stockholders to effect certain  corporate
actions.  The Company's certificate of incorporation provides that directors may
be removed only  by the affirmative  vote of  the holders of  two-thirds of  the
shares  of capital stock entitled to vote. Any vacancy on the board of directors
may be filled only by vote of the majority of directors then in office. Further,
the  Company's  certificate  of   incorporation  provides  that  any   "Business
Combination" (as therein defined) requires the affirmative vote of two-thirds of
the  shares  entitled  to  vote,  voting  together  as  a  single  class.  These
provisions, and certain  other provisions  of the  certificate of  incorporation
which  may have  the effect of  delaying proposed stockholder  actions until the
next annual meeting of stockholders, together with the ownership position of the
officers, directors and their affiliates, could  have the effect of delaying  or
preventing  a tender offer  for the Company's  Common Stock or  other changes of
control or management of  the Company, which could  adversely affect the  market
price of the Company's Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
    POSSIBLE  VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE.  The  trading price of the Common Stock
has fluctuated  significantly since  the Company's  initial public  offering  in
October  1996 and could be subject to  significant fluctuations in the future in
response to  variations in  quarterly operating  results, changes  in  analysts'
earnings estimates, announcements of new products and innovations by the Company
or  its  competitors,  general conditions  in  the  telecommunications equipment
industry and other factors.  In addition, the stock  market in recent years  has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated
or  disproportionate  to the  operating  performance of  companies.  These broad
fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.
 
    BENEFITS OF THE  OFFERING TO  SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.   Existing  stockholders
will  be selling 2,400,000 shares of  the Common Stock offered hereby (2,790,000
shares if the Underwriter's over-allotment  option is exercised). The price  per
share  paid by the  Selling Stockholders for  their shares is  a fraction of the
proposed public offering price for the Common Stock offered hereby. See "Certain
Transactions."
 
   
    SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.  Sales of a substantial number of shares of
Common Stock in the public market following this offering could adversely affect
the market price for the Company's Common Stock. The number of shares of  Common
Stock  available for sale in the public  market is limited by restrictions under
the Securities  Act of  1933, as  amended  (the "Securities  Act"), and  by  the
following  lock-up agreements  (collectively, the "Lock-Up  Agreements"): (i) in
connection with the Company's initial  public offering, the Company's  officers,
directors  and certain stockholders agreed (the  "IPO Lock-Up Agreement") not to
sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares for 180 days following the date
of the Company's  initial public offering  without the prior  consent of  Morgan
Stanley  &  Co. Incorporated;  and (ii)  in connection  with this  offering, the
Company's executive  officers,  directors  and  the  Selling  Stockholders  have
entered  into agreements with Morgan Stanley  & Co. Incorporated (the "Follow-On
Lock-Up Agreements")  pursuant to  which  such holders  agreed  not to  sell  or
otherwise  dispose of any  of their shares  for 90 days  following completion of
this offering.  Morgan Stanley  & Co.  Incorporated may,  however, in  its  sole
discretion  at any time  and without notice,  release all or  any portion of the
securities subject to Lock-Up Agreements. Upon completion of this offering,  the
Company  will  have  outstanding 33,157,535  shares  of Common  Stock.  Of these
shares: 7,793,750 shares (including the  5,175,000 shares sold in the  Company's
initial  public offering and the 2,600,000 shares sold in this offering) will be
available for immediate sale; 10,547,936 shares will become eligible for sale on
March 30, 1997 upon  expiration of the IPO  Lock-Up Agreements pursuant to  Rule
701  or  Rule  144  under  the  Securities  Act  ("Rule  701"  and  "Rule  144,"
respectively) (subject in certain cases to the volume limitations of Rule  144);
13,346   shares   will  become   eligible  for   sale   pursuant  to   Rule  144
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
(subject in certain  cases to  the applicable  Rule 144  volume limitations)  at
various  dates between March 30,  1997 and the expiration  date of the Follow-On
Lock-Up Agreements upon expiration of  the applicable Rule 144 holding  periods;
11,499,943  shares will become eligible for sale 90 days after the completion of
this offering upon expiration  of the Follow-On  Lock-Up Agreements pursuant  to
Rule 701 or Rule 144 (subject in certain cases to the volume limitations of Rule
144);  and the remaining 3,302,560 shares will become eligible for sale pursuant
to Rule  144  (subject  in certain  cases  to  the applicable  Rule  144  volume
limitations)  at  various dates  following expiration  of the  Follow-On Lock-Up
Agreements. In addition, as  of December 31, 1996,  the Company had  outstanding
warrants  to purchase  an aggregate of  2,265,848 shares of  Common Stock (after
giving effect  to  the  exercise  of warrants  to  purchase  307,928  shares  in
connection  with this offering). These warrants contain net exercise provisions.
Accordingly, any  shares issued  upon net  exercise will  be eligible  for  sale
immediately  upon expiration of any lock-up  agreements to which such shares are
subject pursuant to Rule 144. In addition, the Company has filed a  registration
statement  on  Form  S-8  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission") registering 8,675,676 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 1996 Stock Incentive  Plan.
Of  such shares, 4,313,544 shares subject to stock options outstanding under the
1996 Stock Incentive Plan are subject to lock-up agreements and will be eligible
for sale upon expiration of such lock-up agreements as follows: 3,290,108 shares
on March 30, 1997 and  the remaining 1,023,436 shares 90  days from the date  of
this Prospectus. The 1,500,000 shares reserved under the Employee Stock Purchase
Plan  will  be eligible  for sale  upon  issuance. In  addition, the  holders of
approximately 19,368,927 shares  of Common  Stock outstanding  or issuable  upon
exercise  of outstanding warrants have certain  rights to require the Company to
register those shares under the Securities  Act. If such holders, by  exercising
their  demand  registration  rights,  cause  a  large  number  of  shares  to be
registered and  sold in  the public  market, such  sales could  have a  material
adverse  effect  on the  market price  for  the Company's  Common Stock.  If the
Company were required to include in a Company-initiated registration shares held
by such holders pursuant to the exercise of their piggyback registration rights,
such sales may have an adverse effect  on the Company's ability to raise  needed
capital.  See "Description of Capital Stock,"  "Shares Eligible for Future Sale"
and "Underwriters."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    Advanced Fibre  Communications,  Inc.  ("AFC"  or  the  "Company")  designs,
develops,  manufactures,  markets  and supports  the  Universal  Modular Carrier
1000-TM- (the  "UMC"  system),  a  cost-effective,  multi-feature  digital  loop
carrier  system developed  to serve small  line-size markets.  The Company's UMC
system is  designed to  enable telephone  companies, cable  companies and  other
service  providers to connect subscribers to the central office switch for voice
and data communications over copper wire,  fiber optic cable, coaxial cable  and
analog  radio networks.  The Company  believes that the  UMC system  is the only
digital  loop  carrier  that  can  operate  simultaneously  over  a  variety  of
transmission  media.  The UMC  system meets  the service  needs of  domestic and
international subscribers, including analog services such as plain old telephone
service ("POTS"), universal voice grade service ("UVG") and analog switched data
service, and digital  services such as  high speed digital  data service,  ISDN,
asynchronous  and synchronous data channel ("ADU" and "SDU") services. Through a
relationship with Tellabs  Operations, Inc. ("Tellabs"),  AFC has developed  the
capability to deliver many of these same services over cable TV networks.
    
 
    Although  urban  markets have  experienced the  greatest initial  demand for
additional  lines  and  high-speed  telecommunications  services,  the   Company
believes  that demand  for these  services is  increasing in  rural and suburban
markets as well.  The Company  also believes,  however, that  telecommunications
service  providers  in suburban  and  rural markets  generally  do not  have the
resources to  completely replace  existing copper  networks and  therefore  must
upgrade to fiber in incremental steps. These incremental infrastructure upgrades
result  in hybrid networks containing both  copper and fiber transmission lines.
In addition,  worldwide demand  for POTS  and, to  a lesser  extent, high  speed
telecommunications services, is creating the need for significant infrastructure
investments  to  increase the  effective  capacity of  existing  copper, replace
deteriorating copper and  provide services in  new areas. As  telecommunications
service  providers upgrade to fiber technology, deploy new networks and plan for
future subscriber  services,  they must  determine  how to  ensure  a  seamless,
cost-effective  connection between copper and  fiber facilities within the local
loop.
 
    The UMC system is easily scalable from six to 672 lines through the addition
of plug-in components. Utilizing a single  platform and a variety of line  cards
supporting  specific services, the UMC system is capable of providing a range of
voice and data  services. In  addition, the  UMC system  can be  installed in  a
variety of network configurations to support the varying geographic distribution
of  subscriber  bases. The  Company has  designed  the UMC  system to  require a
minimum number of common control units to support transmission over a variety of
media and  the delivery  of more  advanced services  and features  by  telephone
companies.  Thus, the UMC  system offers a cost-effective  solution to the small
line-size market with a wide variety of features and advanced services.
 
    The UMC  system  has  been  sold to  more  than  450  independent  telephone
companies  in the  United States, is  being initially deployed  by Ameritech and
GTE, and is in  laboratory or field  trials at Pacific  Bell and BellSouth.  The
Company  has  also sold  the UMC  system  to telephone  companies in  Hong Kong,
France,  Brazil,  Canada,  China,  Mexico,  the  Netherlands  Antilles  and  the
Dominican Republic. The UMC system is distributed and serviced worldwide through
its  direct sales  force in  the domestic  market and  through its  direct sales
force, distributors and agents in international markets.
 
    The Company was incorporated in California in May 1992 and reincorporated in
Delaware in  September  1995.  The Company's  principal  executive  offices  are
located  at 1445 McDowell  Boulevard North, Petaluma,  California 94954, and the
telephone number at that address is (707) 794-7700.
 
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
    Revenues for the  quarter ended December  31, 1996 increased  112% to  $41.4
million  from $19.5 million  for the quarter ended  December 31, 1995. Operating
income in the quarter increased 218% to  $6.2 million from $1.9 million and  net
income  in the quarter increased  258% to $5.6 million  from $1.6 million in the
quarter ended December 31, 1995. The Company continued to expand its penetration
of international markets, completing sales to its first customers in Brazil  and
increasing  sales  in  China. The  Company  has begun  working  with Flextronics
International,   Ltd.   ("Flextronics"),   one   of   the   Company's   contract
manufacturers, to manufacture UMC assemblies at a Flextronics facility in China.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The  net proceeds  to the  Company from  the sale  of the  200,000 shares of
Common Stock  offered by  the Company  hereby and  the exercise  of warrants  to
purchase  307,928 shares of Common Stock by certain Selling Stockholders will be
approximately $8.6 million, assuming  a public offering price  of $46 per  share
and  after  deducting  estimated  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and
estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company will not receive
any proceeds from the  sale of Shares by  the Selling Stockholders. The  Company
expects  to use the  net proceeds received by  it from the Shares  sold by it in
this offering and the exercise of  the warrants by certain Selling  Stockholders
for  general  corporate  purposes,  including  the  funding  of  working capital
requirements. Pending such  uses, the Company  will invest the  net proceeds  of
this offering in investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.
    
 
    From  time to time, the Company may evaluate opportunities to enter into new
strategic relationships, joint ventures, potential acquisitions or other similar
transactions and  may  use  a  portion  of  the  proceeds  to  enter  into  such
transactions.  There are no present understandings or agreements with respect to
any such transaction, and there can be no assurance that the Company will  enter
into any such arrangements.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The  Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its capital stock.
The Company currently intends to retain all of its earnings, if any, for use  in
its  business  and  does  not  anticipate  paying  any  cash  dividends  in  the
foreseeable  future.  In  addition,  the  Company's  revolving  line  of  credit
agreement  requires the prior consent of the bank before payment of dividends by
the Company.
 
                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
 
   
    The Company's Common Stock  has traded on the  Nasdaq National Market  under
the  symbol "AFCI" since October 1,  1996. The Company's initial public offering
price was  $25  per share.  The  following table  sets  forth, for  the  periods
indicated,  the high and low closing sale  prices for the Company's Common Stock
as reported by the Nasdaq National Market:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 HIGH        LOW
                                                                               ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
Year Ending December 31, 1997:
  First Quarter (through January 29, 1997)...................................  $  55 5/8  $  45 3/4
Year Ending December 31, 1996:
  Fourth Quarter (beginning October 1, 1996).................................     61 1/4     44 1/2
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    On January 29, 1997, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market was  $46 per share.  As of December  31, 1996 there  were
approximately 211 holders of record of the Company's Common Stock.
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The  following table  sets forth  the capitalization  of the  Company (i) at
December 31,  1996, and  (ii) as  adjusted to  give effect  to the  sale by  the
Company of 200,000 shares of Common Stock at an assumed public offering price of
$46  per share (after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering  expenses payable  by the  Company) and  the exercise  of
warrants  to purchase  307,928 shares  of Common Stock  at an  exercise price of
$1.165 per share.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                                           -----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
                                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                                                 SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                                        <C>         <C>
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and
   outstanding...........................................................................  $   --       $  --
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 32,649,607 shares issued
   and outstanding, actual; 33,157,535 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted (1)....         326         332
Additional paid-in capital...............................................................     164,002     172,645
Notes receivable from stockholders.......................................................        (151)       (151)
Accumulated deficit......................................................................      (6,154)     (6,154)
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
  Total stockholders' equity.............................................................     158,023     166,672
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
      Total capitalization...............................................................  $  158,023   $ 166,672
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
(1) Excludes 7,008,142 shares  of Common Stock reserved  for issuance under  the
    Company's  stock  option plans,  under which  options to  purchase 4,313,544
    shares were  outstanding  as of  December  31, 1996,  and  1,500,000  shares
    reserved for issuance under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Also
    excludes  2,265,848 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to
    the exercise of warrants  outstanding as of December  31, 1996 after  giving
    effect  to the issuance of 307,928 shares  of Common Stock upon the exercise
    of  warrants  by  certain  Selling  Stockholders  in  connection  with  this
    offering.  See ``Management --  Stock Incentive Plan,"  `` -- Employee Stock
    Purchase Plan," ``Certain Transactions" and ``Description of Capital Stock."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  should  be  read  in
conjunction  with  the  Company's consolidated  financial  statements  and notes
thereto and  the  discussion under  ``Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of Operations"  included  elsewhere  in this
Prospectus. The consolidated statement  of operations data  for the years  ended
December  31, 1994,  1995 and  1996 and  consolidated balance  sheet data  as of
December 31, 1995  and 1996 are  derived from financial  statements, which  have
been  audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent auditors, included elsewhere
in this Prospectus. The consolidated statement  of operations data for the  year
ended  December 31, 1993 and the consolidated  balance sheet data as of December
31, 1993  and 1994  have  been derived  from  audited financial  statements  not
included  in this Prospectus. The consolidated  statement of operations data for
the period from May 29, 1992 to December  31, 1992 and balance sheet data as  of
December 31, 1992 have been derived from unaudited financial statements that are
not   contained  herein  but   which  reflect,  in   management's  opinion,  all
adjustments, consisting of  normal recurring adjustments,  necessary for a  fair
presentation thereof. These historical results are not necessarily indicative of
the results to be expected in the future.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  INCEPTION (MAY
                                                                   29, 1992) TO
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  ---------------  ------------------------------------------
                                                                       1992          1993       1994       1995     1996 (1)
                                                                  ---------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues........................................................     $     275     $     620  $  18,802  $  54,287  $ 130,193
Cost of revenues................................................            38         2,574     14,124     33,469     73,950
                                                                         -----     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Gross profit (loss)...........................................           237        (1,954)     4,678     20,818     56,243
                                                                         -----     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating expenses:
  Research and development......................................           622         2,044      2,867      5,730     14,413
  Selling, general and administrative...........................           266         2,509      5,051      9,660     21,188
  DSC litigation costs..........................................        --               784      4,551      1,623     18,947
                                                                         -----     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses....................................           888         5,337     12,469     17,013     54,548
                                                                         -----     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss).........................................          (651)       (7,291)    (7,791)     3,805      1,695
Gain on dissolution (equity in loss) of joint venture, net......        --            --         --         (1,516)     1,516
Other income (expense), net.....................................           (25)       --             26        149        872
                                                                         -----     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes...............................          (676)       (7,291)    (7,765)     2,438      4,083
Income taxes (benefit)..........................................        --            --         --             97     (3,154)
                                                                         -----     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss)...............................................     $    (676)    $  (7,291) $  (7,765) $   2,341  $   7,237
                                                                         -----     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         -----     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Pro forma net income per share (2)..............................                                         $    0.09  $    0.21
                                                                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                                                                         ---------  ---------
Shares used in per share computations (2).......................                                            27,329     34,282
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       1992          1993       1994       1995       1996
                                                                  ---------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities.............     $  --         $     450  $   3,858  $  11,118  $ 108,430
Working capital.................................................            77           466      6,809     18,770    145,338
Total assets....................................................           458         3,787     14,884     36,680    175,679
Redeemable convertible preferred stock..........................        --             9,152     23,546     37,777     --
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)............................          (661)       (7,952)   (15,706)   (15,765)   158,023
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  Includes  a charge  of $15.8  million to  reflect a  cash payment  of $10.1
    million and  the  issuance of  725,787  shares of  Common  Stock to  DSC  in
    settlement  of outstanding litigation. See ``Business -- Legal Proceedings."
    Without this charge, operating income for  the year ended December 31,  1996
    would have been $17.5 million.
 
(2)  See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
    of the determination of the number of shares used in computing pro forma net
    income per share.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    AFC  designs develops, manufactures, markets and  supports the UMC system, a
cost-effective multi-feature  digital loop  carrier  system developed  to  serve
small  line-size  markets.  The  Company's  UMC  system  is  designed  to enable
telephone companies,  cable companies  and other  service providers  to  connect
subscribers  to the central office switch for voice and data communications over
copper, fiber,  coaxial  cable  and  analog  radio  networks.  The  Company  was
incorporated  in May 1992 and  was in the initial  startup and development phase
through December 1993. The Company began  shipping the UMC in January 1994  and,
accordingly, has a limited operating history.
 
    The   Company  has   incurred  substantial   expenditures  related   to  the
development, manufacturing startup and marketing of the UMC system. As a  result
of  these expenditures, combined  with $25.9 million  of expenses and settlement
amounts recorded  in  connection with  certain  litigation with  DSC  which  was
settled  in June 1996, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $6.2 million as
of December 31, 1996. Although the Company achieved profitability for the  years
ended  December 31, 1995  and 1996, there  can be no  assurance that the Company
will sustain or increase its profitability in the future.
 
   
    The Company currently derives substantially all of its revenues from the UMC
system and  expects that  this concentration  will continue  in the  foreseeable
future.  As a  result, any  decrease in the  overall level  of sales  of, or the
prices for,  the  UMC  system  due to  product  enhancements,  introductions  or
announcements  by the Company's competitors, a decline in the demand for the UMC
system, product obsolescence or any other  reason would have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
The  Company derives a minor amount of revenue from royalties generated from the
Company's various strategic relationships. Support revenues have been negligible
since most systems shipped to date  remain under the Company's initial  two-year
product warranty period.
    
 
    The Company sells its products worldwide, primarily through its direct sales
force  in the domestic market, and  through its direct sales force, distributors
and agents in  international markets.  In April 1994,  the Company  and a  third
party  entered  into  a  joint  venture, pursuant  to  which  a  Hong Kong-based
subsidiary was formed, 49% of which was  owned by the Company and the  remaining
51%  of which was owned by the third  party. In April 1996, the Company acquired
the third party's interest in the  subsidiary. As a result of this  acquisition,
the  Company began consolidating  the results of  the Hong Kong-based subsidiary
and of a China-based joint venture, 60% of which was owned by the subsidiary and
40% of which was owned  by the joint venture  partner. The change in  accounting
from  the equity method to  consolidation did not have  a material impact on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations in 1996. In August 1996,
the Company and the  China-based joint venture partner  agreed to liquidate  the
joint  venture. A charge for  liquidation costs of $383,000  was recorded in the
second half of  1996. The  liquidation is expected  to be  completed during  the
first  quarter of  1997 and  is not expected  to have  a material  impact on the
Company's financial condition and results of operations. See Note 2 of Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    The  Company's customers  normally install  a portion  of the  UMC system in
outdoor locations. Shipments  of the UMC  system are subject  to the effects  of
seasonality,  with fewer installation projects  scheduled for the winter months.
Accordingly, the Company believes that over time this seasonality will cause its
revenues in  the  quarter ended  March  31 to  be  lower than  revenues  in  the
preceding  quarter  ended  December  31. In  particular,  the  Company currently
believes that revenues in  the quarter ended  March 31, 1997  may be lower  than
revenues  in the quarter  ended December 31,  1996. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis  of Financial  Condition  and Results  of Operations  --  Quarterly
Results of Operations."
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage of
revenues  represented by certain  items reflected in  the Company's consolidated
statements of operations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     ---------------------------------
                                                                                       1994       1995       1996(1)
                                                                                     ---------  ---------  -----------
 
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues...........................................................................      100.0%     100.0%      100.0%
Cost of revenues...................................................................       75.1       61.7        56.8
                                                                                     ---------  ---------       -----
  Gross profit.....................................................................       24.9       38.3        43.2
                                                                                     ---------  ---------       -----
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.........................................................       15.2       10.6        11.1
  Selling, general and administrative..............................................       26.9       17.8        16.3
  DSC litigation costs.............................................................       24.2        3.0        14.5
                                                                                     ---------  ---------       -----
    Total operating expenses.......................................................       66.3       31.3        41.9
                                                                                     ---------  ---------       -----
Operating income (loss)............................................................      (41.4)       7.0         1.3
Gain on dissolution (equity in loss) of joint venture, net.........................     --           (2.8)        1.2
Other income, net..................................................................        0.1        0.3         0.6
                                                                                     ---------  ---------       -----
Income (loss) before income taxes..................................................      (41.3)       4.5         3.1
Income taxes (benefit).............................................................     --            0.2        (2.4)
                                                                                     ---------  ---------       -----
Net income (loss)..................................................................      (41.3)%       4.3%        5.5%
                                                                                     ---------  ---------       -----
                                                                                     ---------  ---------       -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
   
(1) Includes  a charge  of $15.8  million to  reflect a  cash payment  of  $10.1
    million  and  the issuance  of  725,787 shares  of  Common Stock  to  DSC in
    settlement of  outstanding litigation.  See  Note 10  of  the Notes  to  the
    Consolidated  Financial Statements. Without this charge, operating income as
    a percentage of  revenues for the  year ended December  31, 1996 would  have
    been 13.4%.
    
 
1996 COMPARED WITH 1995
 
    REVENUES.   Revenues increased  139.8% from $54.3 million  in 1995 to $130.2
million for 1996. International revenues  increased 276.7% from $7.2 million  in
1995  to $27.1 million in 1996 and represented 13.2% and 20.8% of total revenues
in 1995 and 1996, respectively. No single customer accounted for 10% or more  of
revenues  in 1996.  ALLTEL Supply, Inc.  an affiliate of  ALLTEL, an independent
domestic telephone company, accounted  for 15.7% of total  revenues in 1995.  No
other  single customer accounted for  10% or more of  revenues in 1995. Although
the Company's largest customers have varied  from period to period, the  Company
anticipates  that its results of operations in any given period will continue to
depend to a significant extent upon sales to a small number of customers.  There
can  be no  assurance that  the Company's  principal customers  will continue to
purchase product from the Company at current levels, if at all. The loss of  one
or  more major customers could  have a material adverse  effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    International and domestic revenues  increased as a  result of expansion  of
the  Company's customer  base and  the introduction of  new features  in the UMC
system. The increase in international revenues was partially due to higher sales
levels in China resulting from  the acquisition in April  1996 of the shares  of
the  Company's Hong  Kong-based subsidiary not  previously owned  by the Company
(which resulted in  the consolidation  for financial reporting  purposes of  the
Company's  China-based operations) as well as increased levels of sales activity
in China. The increase in international revenues was also attributable to  sales
to France Telecom, Hong Kong Telecom and Promon Electronics (Brazil).
 
    GROSS  PROFIT.    Gross  profit is  comprised  of  revenues  less materials,
manufacturing and  warranty  costs. Gross  profit  increased 170.2%  from  $20.8
million  in  1995 to  $56.2 million  in 1996.  As a  percent of  revenues, gross
profits were 38.3% in 1995 and 43.2%  in 1996. The improvement in gross  margins
was  attributable  to  greater  efficiencies  in  purchasing  and  manufacturing
activities resulting from higher unit volumes. Also, the Company realized  lower
product costs as a result of engineering design improvements. Gross margins were
negatively  impacted in  1996 by  the increased  level of  sales in  China which
generally have a lower gross margin due  to the higher cost of distribution  and
price sensitivity as compared with other markets. In the
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
   
future, gross margins may fluctuate due to a wide variety of factors, including:
the  mix between domestic and international  sales; the customer mix; the timing
and size of  orders which  are received  and can be  shipped in  a quarter;  the
availability  of  adequate supplies  of key  components  and assemblies  and the
adequacy of  manufacturing  capacity; the  Company's  ability to  introduce  new
products  and  technologies  on  a  timely  basis;  the  timing  of  new product
introductions  or  announcements  by  the  Company  or  its  competitors;  price
competition; and unit volume.
    
 
    RESEARCH  AND DEVELOPMENT.   Expenses  relating to  research and development
activities increased 151.5% from $5.7 million in 1995 to $14.4 million in  1996.
As  a percentage of  revenues, research and  development expenses increased from
10.6% for 1995 to 11.1% in 1996. The increase resulted primarily from the hiring
of additional personnel and  the increased use of  outside services for  certain
development  efforts  during  1996.  The number  of  employees  in  research and
development increased from 63 at December 31, 1995 to 124 at December 31,  1996.
The  increase  in research  and development  expenses  was also  attributable to
higher costs  for material  and test  equipment  used to  develop and  test  new
products  and  features.  The  Company  expects  that  research  and development
expenditures generally will continue to increase in absolute dollars to  support
the  continued development of  new features and  product cost reduction efforts.
All research and development costs have been expensed as incurred.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and  administrative
expenses increased 119.3% from $9.7 million in 1995 to $21.2 million in 1996. As
a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased
from  17.8% in  1995 to  16.3% in 1996.  Costs in  the sales  and marketing area
increased significantly  from period  to  period reflecting  the hiring  of  new
employees,  and  commissions earned  by the  Company's  sales force  and outside
international sales representatives as  a result of  higher revenue levels.  The
Company  also increased  its advertising and  trade show  participation in 1996.
General and administrative expenses  increased as a result  of the expansion  of
the  administrative  staff  in  1996,  the legal  costs  incurred  for  the ITRI
litigation and the additional costs associated with being a public company.
 
    DSC LITIGATION COSTS.  Litigation  expenses incurred in connection with  the
DSC  litigation increased from $1.6 million for  1995 to $18.9 million for 1996.
The increase is primarily attributable to  the $15.8 million charge recorded  in
the  second quarter of 1996  in connection with the  final settlement of the DSC
litigation. See Note 10 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    GAIN ON DISSOLUTION (EQUITY  IN LOSS) OF  JOINT VENTURE, NET.   In 1996  and
1995,  the Company made advances  to a joint venture in  which the Company had a
50% ownership interest. In April 1995, the  Company made a loan of $1.0  million
to  the joint venture.  During 1995 and  the first quarter  of 1996, the Company
recorded its proportionate share of the joint venture's losses to the extent  of
the  loan and advances. As a result,  the loan and intercompany receivables were
reduced to zero  on the  Company's balance  sheet as  of December  31, 1995.  On
December  23, 1996  the Company  and the joint  venture partner  entered into an
agreement to terminate the  joint venture. In  connection with the  dissolution,
the  joint venture partner  reimbursed the Company $1,683,000  for all loans and
advances made by the Company to date.  The reimbursement was recorded as a  gain
in the fourth quarter of 1996 and is reflected in gain on dissolution (equity in
loss) of joint venture, net.
 
    OTHER  INCOME, NET.   Net  other income increased  from $149,000  in 1995 to
$872,000 in 1996 and consisted primarily  of interest income from the  Company's
cash  and investments in  marketable securities, net of  interest expense on the
Company's bank line of credit and short-term bank loan.
 
    INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT).  An income tax benefit of $3.2 million was  recorded
for  1996  to reflect  the  benefit of  the  DSC litigation  settlement  and the
decrease in the valuation allowance recorded against the Company's deferred  tax
assets. As of December 31, 1996, the Company has recorded no valuation allowance
against  its deferred  tax assets  because management  believes such  assets are
realizable. For the second half of 1996, the Company recorded income taxes at an
effective rate that approximates the combined federal and state statutory rates.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
1995 COMPARED WITH 1994
 
    REVENUES.  Revenues were $18.8 million  and $54.3 million in 1994 and  1995,
respectively.  The  Company began  shipping the  UMC 1000  in January  1994. The
revenue level  achieved  in 1994  reflected  initial market  acceptance  of  the
Company's  product by independent  telephone companies in  the United States, as
well as sales to a distributor in Mexico. The 189% increase in revenues in  1995
compared  with  1994 resulted  from  growth in  system sales  of  the UMC  to an
expanded customer base. During 1994,  shipments to PTI, an independent  domestic
telephone  company, accounted for approximately 27.0%  of revenues. In 1995, the
Company's  largest  customer,  ALLTEL  Supply,  Inc.,  accounted  for  15.7%  of
revenues. No other single customer accounted for 10% or more of revenues in 1994
or 1995. International revenues increased $3.6 million, or 99% from $3.6 million
in  1994 to $7.2 million in 1995, and represented 19.2% and 13.2% of revenues in
1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
    GROSS PROFIT (LOSS).   Gross profit increased from  $4.7 million in 1994  to
$20.8  million in 1995, respectively, and  gross margins increased from 24.9% in
1994 to 38.3% in 1995. Gross margins improved in 1995 due to lower product costs
resulting from engineering design improvements and greater efficiencies achieved
in purchasing and manufacturing activities associated with higher unit volumes.
 
    RESEARCH AND  DEVELOPMENT.   Research  and  development expenses  were  $2.9
million  and $5.7  million in  1994 and 1995,  respectively. As  a percentage of
revenues, research and  development expenses were  15.2% and 10.6%  in 1994  and
1995,  respectively.  The Company  increased  its engineering  staff  to support
continued product development and cost  reductions during these periods from  38
to  63 employees at  December 31, 1994  and 1995, respectively.  The decrease in
research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues from 1994 to  1995
was  the result  of the  Company's rapid  growth in  revenues. All  research and
development costs have been expensed as incurred.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and  administrative
expenses were $5.1 million and $9.7 million in 1994 and 1995, respectively. As a
percentage  of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses were 26.9%
and 17.8% in 1994 and 1995, respectively, with the decrease being the result  of
the increased revenue base. The increases in absolute dollars reflects the build
up of the Company's domestic and international direct sales team, investments in
customer  support and  marketing, costs  associated with  trade shows  and other
marketing  efforts,  expansion  of   the  Company's  administrative  staff   and
installation of information, manufacturing and financial control systems.
 
    DSC  LITIGATION  COSTS.   DSC litigation  costs were  $4.6 million  and $1.6
million in 1994 and  1995, respectively. DSC litigation  costs in 1994  included
reserves  for a  possible settlement of  $2.0 million.  See Note 10  of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    GAIN ON DISSOLUTION (EQUITY  IN LOSS) OF JOINT  VENTURE, NET.  During  1995,
the  Company made a  loan of $1.0  million and other  operating expense advances
totaling approximately $516,000 to  a joint venture in  which the Company had  a
50% ownership interest. In 1995, the Company recorded its proportionate share of
the  joint venture's losses to the extent of the loan and advances. As a result,
the loan and  intercompany receivables  were reduced  to zero  on the  Company's
balance sheet as of December 31, 1995.
 
    OTHER  INCOME, NET.  Net  other income was $26,000  and $149,000 in 1994 and
1995, respectively, and  consisted of  interest income from  the Company's  cash
investments,  net of interest expense on  stockholder loans in 1994 and advances
under the Company's bank line of credit in 1995.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  Because  of operating losses sustained  in 1994, the  Company
did  not provide for  income taxes in  that year, other  than minimum California
state franchise tax. In fiscal 1995, the provision for income taxes was  $97,000
and  consisted of the federal alternative minimum tax and the California minimum
state franchise tax. See Note 7 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following tables present  unaudited quarterly financial information  for
the  four quarters of 1995 and 1996. In the opinion of the Company's management,
this unaudited information has  been prepared on the  same basis as the  audited
financial  statements contained herein and  includes all adjustments (consisting
only  of  normal  recurring  adjustments)   necessary  to  present  fairly   the
information  set forth  therein. The operating  results for any  quarter are not
necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             QUARTER ENDED
                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         MAR. 31,    JUNE 30,   SEPT. 30,  DEC. 31,   MAR. 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPT. 30,  DEC. 31,
                                           1995        1995       1995       1995       1996     1996 (1)     1996       1996
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                     <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues..............................   $   7,456   $  11,789  $  15,548  $  19,494  $  24,121  $  29,651  $  35,012  $  41,409
Cost of revenues......................       4,633       7,288      9,837     11,711     14,101     16,957     19,737     23,155
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit..........................       2,823       4,501      5,711      7,783     10,020     12,694     15,275     18,254
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating expenses:
  Research and development............       1,050       1,214      1,406      2,060      2,619      3,275      4,141      4,378
  Selling, general and
   administrative.....................       1,681       2,281      2,471      3,227      3,545      4,356      5,608      7,679
  DSC litigation costs................         358         392        324        549        691     18,256     --         --
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total operating expenses........       3,089       3,887      4,201      5,836      6,855     25,887      9,749     12,057
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss)...............        (266)        614      1,510      1,947      3,165    (13,193)     5,526      6,197
Other income (expense):
  Gain on dissolution (equity in loss)
   of joint venture, net..............        (202)       (340)      (526)      (448)      (167)    --         --          1,683
  Other income (expense), net.........          26          15         (4)       112         84        (18)      (338)     1,144
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes.....        (442)        289        980      1,611      3,082    (13,211)     5,188      9,024
Income taxes (benefit)................      --               2         39         56        910     (9,498)     1,984      3,450
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).....................   $    (442)  $     287  $     941  $   1,555  $   2,172  $  (3,713) $   3,204  $   5,574
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                      AS A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES
                                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues..............................       100.0%      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Costs of revenues.....................        62.1        61.8       63.3       60.1       58.5       57.2       56.4       55.9
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit..........................        37.9        38.2       36.7       39.9       41.5       42.8       43.6       44.1
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating expenses:
  Research and development............        14.1        10.3        9.0       10.6       10.9       11.0       11.8       10.6
  Selling, general and
   administrative.....................        22.5        19.3       15.9       16.6       14.7       14.7       16.0       18.5
  DSC litigation costs................         4.8         3.3        2.1        2.8        2.9       61.6     --         --
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total operating expenses........        41.4        33.0       27.0       29.9       28.4       87.3       27.8       29.1
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income (loss)...............        (3.6)        5.2        9.7       10.0       13.1      (44.5)      15.8       15.0
Other income (expense):
  Gain on dissolution (equity in loss)
   of joint venture, net..............        (2.7)       (2.9)      (3.4)      (2.3)      (0.7)    --         --            4.1
  Other income (expense), net.........         0.3         0.1     --            0.6        0.3       (0.1)      (1.0)       2.7
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes.....        (5.9)        2.5        6.3        8.3       12.8      (44.6)      14.8       21.8
Income taxes (benefits)...............      --          --            0.3        0.3        3.8      (32.1)       5.6        8.3
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).....................        (5.9)%       2.5%       6.0%       8.0%       9.0%     (12.5)%       9.2%      13.5%
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                        -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1) Includes a charge  of $15.8 million  in the quarter ended  June 30, 1996  to
    reflect  a cash payment of  $3.0 million paid in  June 1996, additional cash
    payments of $7.1 million paid in July and the issuance of 725,787 shares  of
    Common  Stock to DSC in settlement  of outstanding litigation. See "Business
    -- Legal Proceedings." Without this charge, operating income for the quarter
    ended June 30, 1996  would have been  $2.6 million, and  as a percentage  of
    revenues would have been 8.8%.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    The Company's operating results have been, and will continue to be, affected
by  a  wide variety  of  factors, some  of which  are  outside of  the Company's
control, that could have  a material adverse effect  on revenues and results  of
operations  during any particular period. These factors include: the mix between
domestic and  international sales;  the customer  mix; the  timing and  size  of
orders  which are received and can be  shipped in a quarter; the availability of
adequate  supplies  of  key  components  and  assemblies  and  the  adequacy  of
manufacturing  capacity;  the Company's  ability to  introduce new  products and
technologies on  a timely  basis; the  timing of  new product  introductions  or
announcements  by the  Company or its  competitors; price  competition; and unit
volume.
 
   
    The UMC system is sold primarily to telephone companies that install the UMC
system as part of their access  networks. Additions to those networks  represent
complex  engineering projects which can require from three to twelve months from
project conceptualization  to completion.  The UMC  system typically  represents
only a portion of a given project and, therefore, the timing of product shipment
and revenue recognition is often difficult to forecast. In developing countries,
delays  and  reductions in  the  planned project  development  can be  caused by
additional factors, including reductions in capital availability due to declines
in  the  local   economy,  currency  fluctuations,   priority  changes  in   the
government's  budget and delays in  receiving government approval for deployment
of the UMC system in the local loop. The Company's expenditures for research and
development, marketing and sales, and  the general and administrative  functions
are  based  in part  on  future revenue  projections and  in  the near  term are
relatively fixed.  The Company  may be  unable to  adjust spending  in a  timely
manner  in response to any unanticipated  declines in revenues. Accordingly, any
significant decline in  demand for  the UMC  system relative  to planned  levels
could  have a material  adverse effect on the  business, financial condition and
results of operations in that quarter  or subsequent quarters. All of the  above
factors  are difficult to forecast, and  these or other factors could materially
adversely affect  the Company's  business, financial  condition and  results  of
operations.  As a result, the Company believes that period-to-period comparisons
are not necessarily meaningful and should  not be relied upon as indications  of
future  performance. Fluctuations in  the Company's operating  results may cause
volatility in the  price of the  Company's Common Stock.  Further, it is  likely
that  in some future quarter the Company's  revenue or operating results will be
below the expectations of  public market analysts or  investors. In such  event,
the  market  price of  the  Company's Common  Stock  would likely  be materially
adversely affected.
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The components of the Company's capital resources and liquidity at  December
31, 1995 and 1996 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1995       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...............................................  $  11,118  $  24,942
Marketable securities...................................................     --         83,488
Non-debt working capital, excluding cash and cash equivalents and
 marketable securities..................................................      7,652     36,908
</TABLE>
 
   
    On  October 1, 1996, the Company issued 5,175,000 shares of its Common Stock
pursuant  to   an  underwritten   initial   public  offering   which   generated
approximately $118.1 million of net proceeds. These proceeds were used to reduce
debt of approximately $14.8 million and to provide resources for general working
capital  purposes. The balance  was invested in  cash equivalents and marketable
securities.
    
 
    Prior to the Company's initial public  offering, the Company had funded  its
operations  primarily through a  series of preferred  stock financings. From its
incorporation  through  September  1995,  the  Company  completed  five  private
financings   of   equity  securities   providing   aggregate  net   proceeds  of
approximately $38.1  million. In  September 1995,  the Company  repurchased  and
retired  approximately $4.2 million of its outstanding preferred stock. Upon the
consummation  of  the  initial  public   offering,  all  shares  of   redeemable
convertible  preferred stock were converted into a total of 18,717,463 shares of
Common Stock.
 
    In April 1995, the Company  made a loan of $1.0  million to a joint  venture
owned  50% by the Company  which bears interest at a  rate of 5.5%. Beginning in
fiscal 1995, the Company recorded its proportionate
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
share of  the joint  venture's losses  to the  extent of  the loan  balance  and
advances  made to the joint  venture. As a result, the  loan and advances to the
joint venture were written off  as of December 31,  1995. On December 23,  1996,
the Company and the joint venture partner entered into an agreement to terminate
the  partnership. In connection with the  dissolution, the joint venture partner
reimbursed the Company $1,683,000 for all loans and advances made by the Company
to date. The reimbursement was recorded as a gain in the fourth quarter of  1996
and  is reflected in gain on dissolution  (equity in loss) of joint venture, net
in the accompanying financial statements.
 
    In April  1996, the  Company purchased  all of  the stock  outstanding in  a
49%-owned  subsidiary  that had  not  previously been  owned  by the  Company in
exchange for  220,000 shares  of  the Company's  Series  F Preferred  Stock  and
approximately $939,000 in cash.
 
    In  June 1996, as  part of the  DSC litigation settlement,  the Company paid
$3.0 million in cash  to DSC. In July  1996, the Company borrowed  approximately
$7.1  million under a  six-month term loan  with Bank of  the West. The proceeds
from the  loan  were  used  to  pay the  remaining  obligations  under  the  DSC
litigation settlement. The loan had an interest rate of 5.75% and a $4.0 million
compensating  balance requirement. The loan was  due in January 1997. In October
1996, the  Company repaid  the loan  with  the proceeds  of the  initial  public
offering.  See  "Business  --  Legal  Proceedings"  and  Note  10  of  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    The $6.2  million of  cash  used by  operating  activities during  1996  was
primarily the result of increases in receivables and inventory. Receivables were
higher  by $21.4 million in 1996 because of increased revenues. The $5.7 million
growth in inventory is in support of the higher revenue levels.
 
    Investing activities used $91.1 million  of cash during 1996, primarily  due
to  the investment of the proceeds of  the Company's initial public offering and
due to  $8.4 million  of capital  expenditures offset  by the  $1.5 million  net
reimbursement  from a joint venture. The  Company continues to invest in capital
equipment to support employee growth and research and development activities.
 
    Financing activities provided $111.2 million of cash in 1996. The  Company's
initial  public offering generated $118.1 million  of net proceeds. A portion of
the proceeds were  used to repay  $7.7 million in  outstanding balances under  a
line  of credit  agreement and $7.1  million outstanding under  a six-month term
loan arrangement  with  a  bank.  The  Company  borrowed  under  the  term  loan
arrangement to fund a portion of the DSC litigation settlement.
 
    The  Company has a $12.0 million line of credit with a bank bearing interest
at prime  plus 0.5%.  The  line of  credit expired  on  November 15,  1996,  but
automatically  renews  for successive  thirty  day periods  until  terminated by
written agreement. The amount available to  the Company for borrowing under  the
line  is based upon the  balance of eligible accounts  receivable at the time of
borrowing. As part of the bank line, the bank may issue letters of credit up  to
$10.0  million and foreign exchange contracts up  to $5.0 million. The bank line
requires the Company to comply with certain financial covenants. As of  December
31,  1995  and 1996,  no borrowings  were  outstanding under  the bank  line. At
December 31,  1996, $1.6  million was  reserved under  the line  for letters  of
credit and foreign exchange contracts. The Company also has lease lines totaling
$5.2  million that were used to purchase  equipment and furniture. There were no
amounts left available under the lease lines as of December 31, 1996.
 
    The Company believes that its  existing cash and short-term investments  and
available  credit facilities will be adequate to support the Company's financial
resource needs, including  working capital  requirements, capital  expenditures,
operating lease obligations and debt payments for the next twelve months.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    THE  FOLLOWING  BUSINESS SECTION  CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS WHICH
INVOLVE RISKS  AND  UNCERTAINTIES. THE  COMPANY'S  ACTUAL RESULTS  COULD  DIFFER
MATERIALLY  FROM  THOSE ANTICIPATED  IN  THESE FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS  AS A
RESULT OF CERTAIN FACTORS, INCLUDING THOSE  SET FORTH UNDER ``RISK FACTORS"  AND
ELSEWHERE  IN THIS PROSPECTUS. SEE "GLOSSARY OF TERMS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 63 FOR
DEFINITIONS OF VARIOUS ACRONYMS AND TECHNICAL TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
COMPANY OVERVIEW
 
   
    Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. designs, develops, manufactures, markets
and supports  the  UMC  system, a  cost-effective,  multi-feature  digital  loop
carrier  system developed  to serve small  line-size markets.  The Company's UMC
system is  designed to  enable telephone  companies, cable  companies and  other
service  providers to connect subscribers to the central office switch for voice
and data communications over copper, fiber, coax and analog radio networks.  The
Company  believes that the UMC system is  the only digital loop carrier that can
operate simultaneously  over a  variety of  transmission media.  The UMC  system
meets  the  service needs  of domestic  and international  subscribers including
analog services such as POTS, UVG and analog switched data service, and  digital
services  such as high speed  digital data service, ISDN,  ADU and SDU services.
Through a  relationship  with Tellabs  Operations,  Inc. (``Tellabs"),  AFC  has
developed  the capability to deliver  many of these same  services over cable TV
networks.
    
 
    The UMC  system  has  been  sold to  more  than  450  independent  telephone
companies  in the  United States, is  being initially deployed  by Ameritech and
GTE, and is in  laboratory or field  trials at Pacific  Bell and BellSouth.  The
Company  has  also sold  the UMC  system  to telephone  companies in  Hong Kong,
France,  Brazil,  Canada,  China,  Mexico,  the  Netherlands  Antilles  and  the
Dominican Republic. The UMC system is distributed and serviced worldwide through
its  direct sales  force in  the domestic  market and  through its  direct sales
force, distributors and agents  in international markets.  See ``-- Markets  and
Customers" and "-- Proprietary Rights and Licenses."
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    Much  of  the existing  local  loop, which  connects  the subscriber  to the
central office switch, was designed  to provide analog voice communications,  or
POTS,  over copper.  As a transmission  medium, copper  suffers from significant
signal degradation, particularly when  transmitting signals beyond 10,000  feet.
In  addition, the traditional copper infrastructure  was designed to support low
speed  telecommunications  services  and  offers  relatively  poor  transmission
quality,  especially  in  data communications  applications.  Before  the 1970s,
various solutions were  implemented to  address these  concerns; however,  these
solutions   were  generally   costly  to   maintain  and   resulted  in  complex
architectures. In  the early  1970s,  to decrease  the  cost and  complexity  of
extending  service  beyond  10,000  feet  from  the  central  office,  telephone
companies began to deploy digital loop carriers (``DLCs"), which convert  analog
signals  into  digital bit  streams  for transmission  to  and from  the central
office. The resulting  improved signal  quality enabled  telephone companies  to
increase transmission distances from the central office to the customer.
 
    Advancements  in digital technology have  enabled central office switches to
increase by tenfold the  number of lines served.  While these advancements  have
permitted greater centralization of switch resources, they have also resulted in
increased  distances  between  the  central office  and  the  subscribers. Rapid
deployment of  DLCs was  necessary to  effectively transmit  signals over  these
greater  distances. However, the copper infrastructures supported by traditional
DLCs lacked the bandwidth for additional lines and the transmission quality  for
high  speed telecommunications. In response to  these limitations as well as the
deterioration of the existing  copper infrastructure, telephone companies  began
installing  fiber  in  high  density  urban  markets  in  the  late  1980s. Next
generation DLCs (``NGDLCs") were  designed and introduced to  the market in  the
early  1990s to support telecommunications  services over fiber-only networks in
densely populated urban markets with 600  to 2,000 lines within the  serviceable
area  of the NGDLC  (``large line-size markets"). NGDLCs  address certain of the
limitations inherent in DLCs. However,  NGDLCs have high installation costs  and
complex,  support-intensive  characteristics  and are  optimized  for fiber-only
networks and large line-size markets.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    Although urban  markets have  experienced the  greatest initial  demand  for
additional   lines  and  high-speed  telecommunications  services,  the  Company
believes that demand  for these  services is  increasing in  rural and  suburban
markets  as well.  The Company  also believes,  however, that telecommunications
service providers  in suburban  and  rural markets  generally  do not  have  the
resources  to  completely replace  existing copper  networks and  therefore must
upgrade to fiber in incremental steps. These incremental infrastructure upgrades
result in hybrid networks containing  both copper and fiber transmission  lines.
In  addition, worldwide  demand for  POTS and,  to a  lesser extent,  high speed
telecommunications services, is creating the need for significant infrastructure
investments to  increase  the effective  capacity  of existing  copper,  replace
deteriorating  copper and provide  services in new  areas. As telecommunications
service providers upgrade to fiber technology, deploy new networks and plan  for
future  subscriber  services,  they must  determine  how to  ensure  a seamless,
cost-effective connection between copper and fiber within the local loop.
 
THE AFC SOLUTION
 
    The  Company  has  developed  the  UMC  system  to  provide  cost-effective,
multi-feature local loop systems for the small line-size market, incorporating a
modular architecture that supports copper, fiber and coax and the evolution from
one  transmission media to another. The Company  believes that the UMC system is
the only digital loop carrier that can operate simultaneously over a variety  of
transmission  media. The  UMC system  is easily scalable  from six  to 672 lines
through the addition of  plug-in components. Utilizing a  single platform and  a
variety of line cards supporting specific services, the UMC system is capable of
providing a range of voice and data services. In addition, the UMC system can be
installed  in  a  variety  of  network  configurations  to  support  the varying
geographic distribution of subscriber  bases. The Company  has designed the  UMC
system  to  require  a  minimum  number  of  common  control  units  to  support
transmission over a variety of media and the delivery of more advanced  services
and   features  by   telephone  companies.  Thus,   the  UMC   system  offers  a
cost-effective solution for the  small line-size market with  a wide variety  of
features and advanced services.
 
AFC'S STRATEGY
 
    AFC's   objective  is  to   be  the  leading   provider  of  cost-effective,
multi-feature local loop systems for small line-size markets worldwide. The  key
elements of its strategy to achieve this objective include:
 
    TARGET  DOMESTIC SMALL LINE-SIZE MARKETS.   The Company sells the UMC system
principally through  its  direct  sales  force  into  domestic  small  line-size
markets. These markets, which are generally located in rural and suburban areas,
are  served by  independent telephone  companies and  by the  RBOCs. The Company
intends to expand its direct sales force and augment its marketing and  customer
support  efforts  to  further  penetrate  its  existing  customer  base  of  450
independent telephone companies and penetrate  the balance of the  approximately
1,300  independent  telephone  companies.  In  addition,  with  the satisfactory
completion of a Bellcore technical audit, the Company is expanding into the RBOC
market by offering the UMC  system as a solution  to the small line-size  system
requirements of the RBOCs.
 
    PENETRATE  INTERNATIONAL  MARKETS.    The  Company  markets  the  UMC system
internationally  through  local  distributors  and  agents,  through   strategic
relationships,  and directly to local service  providers. The Company intends to
enhance its existing international operations  with greater sales and  marketing
resources  to  pursue  market opportunities  in  countries  currently undergoing
initial  infrastructure  deployment  or  upgrades  which  demand  flexible   and
cost-effective systems.
 
    PROVIDE  COST-EFFECTIVE SOLUTIONS.  The UMC system enhances the transmission
quality and capacity of existing copper facilities, enabling telephone companies
to  maximize  the  performance  of  the  existing  copper  infrastructure  while
permitting   a  cost-effective  and  easily  configurable  upgrade  solution  as
infrastructure is modernized or demands for more advanced communication services
increase. The Company believes that
the UMC system is the only digital loop carrier that can operate seamlessly over
hybrid networks including  copper, fiber and  analog radio. The  UMC system  can
also  serve as a platform  for providing high speed  data transmission and other
advanced digital  services  such  as video  teleconferencing.  The  Company  has
designed  the UMC system to require a  minimum number of common control units to
support transmission over a
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
variety of media  and the  delivery of more  advanced services  and features  by
telephone  companies. The  Company's engineering  and manufacturing  efforts are
directed toward  preserving  and enhancing  the  cost-effectiveness of  the  UMC
system as new features and designs are released.
 
    EXTEND  TECHNOLOGY  LEADERSHIP.    The  UMC  system  contains  a proprietary
software and backplane design and  modular architecture, which enable  telephone
companies  to  more  easily  support  the  varying  geographic  distribution  of
subscriber bases by employing multiple  configurations which may be  distributed
over  any combination of  transmission media (including  copper, fiber, coax and
analog radio). The proprietary backplane design currently supports a variety  of
voice  and data services, and the  Company is developing improvements to support
higher bandwidth applications. The  Company is engaged  in ongoing research  and
development  to leverage its technical expertise  and to adapt its technology to
new markets and applications. For example, the Company is engaged in development
efforts to  increase the  scalability  of the  UMC  system for  large  line-size
markets.
 
    DEVELOP  STRATEGIC  RELATIONSHIPS.   The  Company has  entered  into certain
strategic relationships in order to  broaden the manufacturing and  distribution
of  the  UMC system  into developing  international markets,  such as  China and
India, and  to leverage  the  UMC technology  for  applications in  markets  not
directly  targeted by the  Company, such as the  provision of telephone services
over existing  cable TV  systems.  The Company  intends  to invest  in  existing
strategic   relationships  and   to  seek   additional  relationships   to  gain
manufacturing and distribution leverage, to access advanced technologies and  to
broaden the acceptance of the UMC system.
 
TECHNOLOGY AND PRODUCT ARCHITECTURE
 
    The  UMC architecture is based upon  a modular software and hardware product
platform that can be  configured and adapted to  the particular requirements  of
the  customer.  Each line  card, transceiver  and  common control  unit contains
proprietary application specific integrated circuits ("ASICs") that  incorporate
the  digital cross-connect function, eliminating the need for a separate digital
cross-connect within the assembly. This design improves efficiency, allowing the
Company to deliver the common control required by telephone companies with fewer
assemblies than most NGDLCs.
 
    A basic UMC system consists of two terminals. Each terminal contains a power
supply, a  central  processing unit  ("CPU"),  a  transceiver and  a  line  card
providing  subscriber service, such as analog  voice service. The Local Exchange
Terminal (``LET"), located  next to  the local  exchange switch  in the  central
office,  contains  a  central processing  unit  and transmits  and  receives the
telephone signal from the Remote Service Terminal (``RST") mounted close to  the
subscriber group in a weatherproof housing. The RST receives analog signals from
the  telephone  instruments  of  subscribers,  transforms  them  into  digitally
encoded, time divisioned  multiplexed bit  streams, and  transports them  across
either copper, fiber or radio transmission media to a central office. There, the
LET  either decodes the  signal and converts  it back into  an analog signal for
connection into the telephone network,  or connects the digital signal  directly
into the network.
 
    The  base UMC system permits telephone companies to offer basic analog voice
service to six subscribers and is priced at approximately $4,000, excluding  the
cabinet.  The  base  UMC  system  can  be  expanded  to  accommodate  additional
subscribers, to  provide advanced  services  and to  operate over  different  or
multiple  transmission media. The UMC system can be configured to accommodate up
to 120 subscribers through the addition of line cards and up to 672  subscribers
through  the addition of channel bank  assemblies. During 1996, UMC systems with
capacities of 120 and 240 lines of  POTS sold for average prices, including  the
cabinet, of approximately $25,000 and $40,000, respectively.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    In addition, the UMC architecture enables telephone companies to more easily
support  the varying  geographic distribution  of subscriber  bases by employing
multiple configurations which may be distributed over any combination of various
transmission media, including copper, fiber  and coax. A sample installation  is
depicted below:
 
                  [Diagram of sample UMC system installation.]
 
        The  UMC  system consists  of the  following  modules, which  may be
    configured according to the needs of the Company's customers:
 
        CHANNEL BANK ASSEMBLY.   The channel bank assembly  is used at  both
    the remote and central office location, employing a 98 megabit backplane
    and  a flexible slot architecture which supports system expansion (via a
    fiber connection between channel bank assemblies) to 672 subscribers, as
    well as a variety of configurations to match the geographic distribution
    of the subscribers served.
 
        COMMON CONTROL  UNITS.   Common control  units include  the  central
    processing  unit, power supplies  at both the  central office and remote
    location,  connection  units  for  expansion  of  the  system  from  120
    subscriber  lines to 672  subscriber lines and a  metallic test unit for
    network testing from the central switching office.
 
        TRANSCEIVERS.  Transceivers used for providing the transport of  the
    signal  between  the  subscriber  and  the  central  office  switch  are
    available in fiber, E1, T1 and analog radio versions.
 
        LINE CARDS.   Line  cards are  designed to  provide voice  and  data
    transmissions  in either  analog or digital  form for  both domestic and
    international requirements.
 
        SOFTWARE.  The UMC proprietary  system software is menu driven  with
    self-configurable  plug and play  orientation, providing detailed system
    monitoring, alarm information, card inventory and security.
 
        CABINET.  The UMC cabinet is available in configurations  supporting
    subscriber  levels of  48, 120,  240 or  672. The  cabinet is  a weather
    resistant, field installable unit  and includes power supplies,  battery
    backup, lightning protection and cross-connect capabilities.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS
 
    To  date, the UMC system  has been deployed primarily  in the U.S. rural and
suburban markets served  by independent telephone  companies. While the  Company
believes  this market has substantial revenue  potential and intends to continue
to pursue customers  in the U.S.  small line-size market,  the Company has  also
begun  to pursue other potential markets and  customers for the UMC system, such
as the RBOCs, international telecommunications service providers and competitive
access providers.
 
    DOMESTIC SMALL LINE-SIZE MARKET
 
    The domestic  small line-size  markets for  telecommunications services  are
generally  located in rural  and suburban areas and  are served by approximately
1,300 independent  telephone  companies and  the  seven RBOCs.  The  independent
telephone companies range from rural companies with as few as 125 subscribers to
GTE,  with approximately  17 million  subscribers. The  independent companies in
general do  not  require  telephone  equipment  suppliers  to  satisfy  Bellcore
testing,  and typically do not require specific design changes in the product in
order for the equipment  to be deployed.  As a result, the  Company was able  to
deploy  the UMC system  rapidly to independent telephone  companies and to build
customer  acceptance  of  the  UMC  system  quickly.  In  addition,  independent
telephone  companies typically have smaller budgets for telephone equipment than
the RBOCs and demand easily scalable and configurable cost-effective  solutions.
The  UMC  system's  ability  to improve  analog  transmission  and  increase the
capacity  of  existing   networks,  together   with  its   ability  to   operate
simultaneously over a variety of transmission media, enables telephone companies
to maximize the performance of existing copper infrastructure while permitting a
cost-effective  and easily  configurable upgrade  solution as  infrastructure is
modernized or demands for more  advanced communication services increase.  Thus,
the Company believes that the UMC system provides an attractive solution for the
independent  telephone companies in small  line-size markets. Moreover, with the
satisfactory completion of a Bellcore technical audit, the Company is  expanding
into  the RBOC  market by offering  the UMC system  as a solution  for the small
line-size system requirements of the RBOCs.
 
    The Company has segmented and prioritized the independent telephone  company
market   into  the  following:  (i)   small  independents  that  use  consulting
engineering  firms  to  provide  network   design  for  service  expansion   and
modernization;  (ii) medium-size  independents that  perform the  network design
internally; and (iii)  large independents,  such as GTE,  that have  engineering
committees  that approve equipment  for standardization and  may require testing
and equipment modifications  to meet  their specific  network requirements.  The
Company  has targeted each  of these segments as  sources of potential customers
and to date over 450 independents have purchased the Company's products.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    The following table lists the domestic independent telephone companies  that
have  purchased at  least $200,000 of  equipment from the  Company since January
1996:
 
3 Rivers Telephone Co-op
Albany Mutual Telephone
Aliant Communications
ALLTEL
Anixter Brothers
Arvig Telephone
Atlantic Telephone Membership
BEK Communications Co-op
Ben Lomand Rural Telephone Co-op
Benkelman Telephone Company
Benton Cooperative Telephone Company
Big Bend Telephone
Blackfoot Telephone Co-op
Bledsoe Telephone Co-op
Blue Earth Valley Telephone Company
Bridgewater Telephone
Central Texas Telephone Co-op
Chibardun Telephone Co-op
Citizens Telephone
Classic Telephone
Clay County Rural Telephone
Coleman County Telephone Co-op
Commonwealth Telephone Company
Consolidated Telephone Company
Contoocook Valley Telephone
Copper Valley Telephone Company
Cross Telephone
Delta County Tele-Com
Delta Telephone Company
Dickey Rural Telephone
East Ottertail Telephone
Eastern Nebraska Telephone
Ellensburg Telephone
Evans Telephone Company
Farmers Telephone Co-op
Frontier Communications
Geneseo Telephone
Golden West Telecommunications
Granite State Telephone
GTE
Guadalupe Valley Telephone Co-op
Gulf Telephone Company
Hancock Rural Telephone
Harrisonville Telephone
Hill Country Telephone Co-op
Horry Telephone Co-op
Illinois Consolidated Telephone Company
JBN Telephone
Kerrville Telephone
Ketchikan Public Utilities
Lakedale Telephone
Logan Telephone Co-op
Mankato Citizens Telephone
Margaretville Telephone
Mid Rivers Telephone Co-op
Midplains Telephone
NE Missouri Rural Telephone
Nemont Telephone Co-op
North East North Central Telephone Co-op
North Pittsburgh Telephone
Northland Telephone
People's Rural Telephone Co-op
Perry-Spencer Telephone Co-op
Pioneer Telephone Association
Pioneer Telephone Co-op
Planters Telephone Co-op
Prairie Grove Telephone
PTI Communications
Pulaski-White Telephone
Range Telephone Company
RT Communications
Runestone Telephone Association
Rural Telephone Service
Sanborn Telephone Co-op
Shenandoah Telephone Company
Silver Star Telephone Company
Skyline Telephone
Smithville Telephone Company
Somerset Telephone Company
South Central Rural Telephone Co-op
Southwestern Telephone
St. Joseph Telecommunications
Standard Telephone Company
TDS Telecom
The Ponderosa Telephone
Triangle Telephone Co-op
Tricom
Twin Valley-Ulen Telephone
Uintah Basin Telephone
Valley Telephone Co-op
West Carolina Rural Telephone Co-op
West Central Telephone Association
Woodbury Telephone
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    INTERNATIONAL MARKETS
 
    The international telephone  market is segmented  into developing  countries
requiring  basic telecommunication  services, or  POTS, and  developed countries
which,  in   addition   to   POTS,   have   requirements   for   more   advanced
telecommunication  services  and which  have barriers  to entry  in the  form of
standards  or  unique  domestic  network   specifications.  In  most  of   these
international  markets, a  single telephone  company, which  is typically highly
regulated  and  government-owned,  provides  service  throughout  the   country.
Typically,  these companies are  striving to install  technology that offers the
opportunity in the future for advanced  services, with ease of installation  and
servicing  at an  attractive price. In  addition, they are  striving to optimize
existing facilities, which typically consist of copper, for a growing subscriber
base. The Company is  pursuing selected opportunities  to develop these  markets
primarily  through  direct  contacts  with local  distributors  and  through its
strategic relationships, where the market  also requires local manufacturing  to
address  high import tariffs and where the Company benefits from a local partner
that can assist customer relationships.
 
    As part of its international strategy,  the Company is primarily focused  on
the  substantial  market  opportunity  which  the  Company  believes  exists  in
developing   countries   currently    undergoing   infrastructure    deployment.
Telecommunications companies in these markets demand flexible and cost-effective
systems.  The Company  has sold  UMC systems  to telephone  companies in Brazil,
China, Mexico, the Netherlands Antilles and the Dominican Republic.
 
    Telecommunications  companies  in  more  developed  countries  require  that
products   have  modifications   and  design  specifications   that  meet  local
standardization guidelines.  To date,  the Company  has successfully  met  these
standards  requirements in, and  is currently shipping  products to, both France
and Hong Kong.  The Company was  awarded a  contract with France  Telecom for  a
multiplexer  subscriber  system.  The  Company  was  also  awarded  a three-year
contract with  Hongkong Telecommunications  Limited to  deploy the  UMC  system.
Although  neither  of  these  contracts require  the  customer  to  purchase any
specific amount of  product from the  Company, the Company  believes that  these
customers present a significant opportunity to the Company.
 
    AFC  and Harris Corporation,  a stockholder of the  Company, entered into an
agreement to form a joint venture to manufacture, distribute and support the UMC
system in India. The  joint venture included formation  of a holding company  in
Mauritius,  owned 51% by AFC and 49% by  Harris, which in turn intends to form a
joint venture in India with local  Indian partners following receipt of  certain
government  approvals. To  date, the  parties have  identified and  selected two
Indian companies that  will collectively  own 34% of  the Indian  venture to  be
located  in Delhi. In addition, as a means to protect its licensed technology in
India, AFC formed a  100% foreign-owned subsidiary in  India, AFC India  Private
(Ltd.),  which  holds the  rights to  license  the UMC  technology in  India for
manufacturing in the local  market. To date, the  joint venture activities  have
included testing and seeking type approval for the UMC system.
 
    The  UMC  system  has  received or  is  currently  undergoing  type approval
qualification in  a  number  of countries,  including  Hungary,  Indonesia,  the
Philippines  and Russia.  There can  be no  assurance that  the UMC  system will
receive type  approval in  these or  other  countries or  that receipt  of  type
approval  will lead  to product  sales. In  addition, the  Company currently has
outstanding responses to bid requests from telephone companies in India,  Panama
and  Brazil. The Company's bid responses have been accepted in certain cases and
rejected in others in  the past, and  there can be  no assurance that  currently
outstanding  or future  bid responses  will be  accepted and,  even if accepted,
there can be no assurance that such acceptance will lead to significant sales.
 
    FUTURE MARKET OPPORTUNITIES
 
    REGIONAL BELL OPERATING  COMPANIES (RBOCS).   The  seven RBOCs  make up  the
largest  segment of the U.S. telecommunications  equipment market and serve over
80% of all  U.S. telephone  customers, primarily in  urban areas.  All of  these
companies  have stringent testing  and approval requirements,  known as Bellcore
testing, that must be  met before products can  be installed in their  networks.
Bellcore  testing  requires  significant  investments  in  resources  to achieve
compliance. In addition,  the RBOCs require  that the equipment  undergo one  or
more  field trials  to demonstrate  that the  equipment meets  the standards and
satisfies their
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
service and network requirements. The UMC system completed a Bellcore  technical
audit,  and the Company intends  to submit new features  for Bellcore testing as
they are released. In  addition, the UMC system  is being initially deployed  by
Ameritech and is in laboratory or field trials at Pacific Bell and BellSouth.
 
    COMPETITIVE  ACCESS  PROVIDERS.    Deregulation  has  allowed  non-regulated
telephone companies to provide local telephone services. Through better pricing,
faster installation  and  better customer  service,  these companies,  known  as
competitive  access providers, hope to attract customers away from the RBOCs and
independent telephone companies.  These companies historically  have focused  on
high  density  downtown business  customers. As  these carriers  diversify their
sales efforts  to include  smaller businesses  and office  parks, an  increasing
number will require smaller systems. The companies active in this market segment
are attractive targets for the Company because the UMC system has the capability
to  cost-effectively provide a full range of communication services. The Company
intends to address this market primarily through its relationship with  Tellabs.
AFC  intends to  serve this market  both over traditional  transmission media as
well as over coax media.
 
   
    CABLE-BASED TELEPHONY.   AFC  and  Tellabs, a  stockholder of  the  Company,
entered  into a general partnership in  1994 to design, develop, manufacture and
distribute a  new product  line derived  from the  UMC system.  This product  is
designed  to  allow telephone  services to  be provided  over existing  cable TV
systems as well  as other  transmission media. AFC  contributed a  non-exclusive
license  to  use  the UMC  technology,  Tellabs  contributed cash  to  the joint
venture,  and  each  received  defined   marketing  rights  for  the   developed
technology. In early 1996, upon review of the development of the market for this
product,  the Company concluded that the  market for transmitting voice and data
over cable systems would develop at  a slower pace than originally  anticipated.
In  the  interest  of  directing its  resources  towards  more  immediate market
opportunities, AFC entered into agreements with Tellabs in 1996 that changed the
relationship between  the  parties.  The  new  relationship  provides  AFC  with
royalties  and OEM revenues from Tellabs on its sales into its specified markets
and, in return,  AFC works on  selected developments of  the UMC technology  for
Tellabs'  markets on a development contract basis. AFC retains all rights in its
technology as well as the market rights previously defined.
    
 
SALES, MARKETING AND CUSTOMER SUPPORT
 
    The Company markets the UMC system worldwide directly to telephone companies
and indirectly  through OEMs,  distributors and  joint ventures  to  accommodate
specific  markets and customer  support requirements. The  Company's sales force
consists of  two  groups,  one  that focuses  on  U.S.  and  Canadian  telephone
companies and one that focuses on international markets.
 
    The Company's North American sales force focuses on developing relationships
with independent telephone companies in the U.S. and Canada and on understanding
their  network deployment strategies  and cost requirements.  As of December 31,
1996,  the  Company's  domestic  sales  organization  consisted  of  17   direct
salespersons,  a domestic sales vice president, and technical support personnel.
The Company has  sales personnel  located in  Pittsburgh, Minneapolis,  Atlanta,
Denver,  Dallas, Chicago, Seattle,  Orlando, Birmingham, Tulsa  and Santa Clara.
The Company also has  sales personnel dedicated  to specific customer  accounts,
such  as Ameritech, BellSouth, GTE and Pacific Bell. In addition to direct calls
on the telephone companies, sales  to customers often involve marketing  through
consulting  engineers who are retained  by small independent telephone companies
for engineering, specification and installation services.
 
    The Company employs an international direct sales force consisting of  three
salespersons  and one  vice president.  The primary  tasks of  the international
sales force are  to market the  UMC system directly  to international  telephone
companies  and  to  select,  manage,  and  train  local  distributors.  Sales to
international  customers   are  primarily   fulfilled  through   the   Company's
distributors and agents. The Company currently has an office in Hong Kong.
 
    The  AFC sales  organization receives  support from  the Company's marketing
department, which is  responsible, among  other things,  for product  marketing,
advertising and marketing communications. The marketing department works closely
with the planning and engineering departments of telephone companies in order to
provide product proposals that are optimal in terms of both performance and cost
for a specific network configuration.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    The Company's customer support organization is responsible for servicing the
Company's  products and assisting the Company's  sales personnel. In addition to
its own  field  technical service  engineers,  the Company  uses  Point-to-Point
Communications,  Inc. (``Point-to-Point"),  a third-party  support organization,
which  provides  first-line  support  for  the  Company's  customers  through  a
toll-free  number  open  24 hours  per  day,  365 days  per  year,  and provides
installation services on a subcontract basis  for the Company. Although to  date
the   Company  believes   Point-to-Point  has   provided  satisfactory  customer
assistance, there  can be  no  assurance that  Point-to-Point  will be  able  to
provide  the  level  of  customer  support  demanded  by  existing  or potential
customers. The Company maintains a  training organization which is dedicated  to
developing  training curriculums  and materials that  are made  available to the
customer either  through a  student training  or a  train the  trainer  program.
Internationally,  the  Company  provides  customer  support  either  directly or
through  authorized  distributors  or  joint  venture  partners.  The  Company's
products generally have a warranty period of 24 months.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    The  Company's  research  and  development  efforts  have  been  focused  on
developing local  loop  products  with advanced  features  for  small  line-size
markets. The Company has developed a modular software and hardware platform that
can  be configured and adapted to particular customer requirements. In addition,
development efforts include extensive attention to ease of installation and  use
by the customer as evidenced in the menu driven software approach as well as the
compact  and efficient hardware design demonstrated  in its PCBAs. The Company's
research and  development  personnel  work  closely  with  sales  and  marketing
personnel  to  ensure development  efforts are  targeted  at customer  needs. In
addition,  the  Company's   development  efforts  are   focused  on   developing
enhancements to the UMC system, such as a higher bandwidth backplane.
 
    The  current  focus of  the Company's  research  and development  efforts is
directed at new  releases of the  UMC system addressing  market demands for  new
features  and  services.  These  efforts  include  developing  new  transceivers
incorporating HDSL  capabilities, new  customer features  such as  ISDN and  new
interfaces  such as TR303. The Company  is also incorporating MLT remote testing
capabilities into the product in support of the RBOC market. In addition, future
releases  are  expected  to  include   capabilities  to  support  broader   star
configurations,  SONET  OC3 transceivers  and multi-point  support for  the coax
transceiver  version  of  the  product.  Finally,  the  engineering  team   also
concentrates its attention on numerous projects in the areas of cost and quality
improvements in the UMC system.
 
    In  1995 and 1996, the Company's  research and development expenditures were
$5.7 million and $14.4 million, respectively, which represented 10.6% and 11.1%,
respectively, of total revenues in such periods. In 1993 and 1994, the Company's
research and  development  expenditures  were $2.0  million  and  $2.9  million,
respectively.  The Company considers its research  and development efforts to be
vital to  its  future success  and  anticipates that  research  and  development
expenditures  as  a  percentage  of revenues  will  remain  significant  for the
foreseeable future.  As  of  December  31,  1996,  the  Company's  research  and
development staff consisted of 124 employees.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
    Manufacturing,   system  integration  and  certain  testing  operations  are
performed at the Company's headquarters  in Petaluma, California. The  Company's
manufacturing  operations  consist  primarily  of  final  assembly  and  test of
finished goods from components and custom-made subassemblies (primarily  printed
circuit  boards) purchased from  third parties. The  Company monitors quality at
each stage  of the  production  process, including  the selection  of  component
suppliers,  warehouse  procedures,  the  assembly of  finished  goods  and final
testing,  packaging  and  shipping.   The  Company  also  performs   functional,
environmental  and  systems  testing  and quality  assurance  procedures  on the
subassemblies which are incorporated into the UMC system and with respect to the
final products themselves.
 
    The Company  relies on  a  limited number  of independent  contractors  that
manufacture  the subassemblies  to the Company's  specifications for  use in the
Company's products. In particular,  the Company relies  on: (i) Flextronics  and
Tanon  Manufacturing,  Inc.  (a  division  of  Electronic  Associates,  Inc.) to
manufacture the Company's printed circuit  board assemblies; (ii) Paragon,  Inc.
to  manufacture backplanes  and channel bank  assemblies and  (iii) Sonoma Metal
Products, Inc.  and Cowden  Metal  San Jose,  Inc.  to manufacture  the  outside
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
cabinets.  The Company  believes that  it has  good relations  with each  of its
suppliers. As the demand for the UMC system has increased, the Company has begun
a program to  identify, and  potentially qualify  at a  future date,  additional
suppliers  to manufacture key product  subassemblies. While the Company believes
that the subassemblies manufactured  by any of the  suppliers could be  procured
from alternate suppliers, in the event that the Company's subcontractors were to
experience financial, operational, production, or quality assurance difficulties
that  resulted  in a  reduction  or interruption  in  supply to  the  Company or
otherwise failed to meet the Company's manufacturing requirements, the Company's
business, financial  condition  and results  of  operations would  be  adversely
affected  until  the Company  established  sufficient manufacturing  supply from
alternative sources. There  can be no  assurance that the  Company's current  or
alternative manufacturers will be able to meet the Company's future requirements
or that such manufacturing services will continue to be available to the Company
at favorable prices.
 
    Certain  components used in the  Company's products, including the Company's
proprietary ASICs, codecs, certain surface mount technology components and other
components, are  only  available from  a  single  source or  limited  number  of
suppliers.  Some of the Company's sole-source suppliers are companies which from
time to time allocate parts to  telephone equipment manufacturers due to  market
demand  for the telecommunication  equipment. Many of  the Company's competitors
are much larger and may be able to obtain priority allocations from these shared
suppliers, thereby limiting or making unreliable the sources of supply for these
components. The  Company encountered  supply  delays for  codecs in  the  second
quarter of 1994 which resulted in delayed shipments of the UMC system, and there
can  be no assurance that similar shortages will not occur in the future or will
not result in the Company  having to pay a higher  price for components. If  the
Company  is  unable  to  obtain  sufficient quantities  of  these  or  any other
components, delays or  reductions in  manufacturing or  product shipments  could
occur  which would  have a  material adverse  effect on  the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The market for equipment for local telecommunications networks is  extremely
competitive. The Company's competitors range from small companies, both domestic
and   international,   to  large   multinational  corporations.   The  Company's
competitors include Alcatel Alsthom  Compagnie Generale d'Electricite, DSC,  ECI
Telecom,  Ltd., E/O  Networks, Fujitsu  America, Inc.,  Hitron Technology, Inc.,
Lucent Technologies,  Inc.,  NEC America,  Inc.,  Northern Telecom  Ltd.,  Opnet
Technologies  Co. Ltd.,  RELTEC Corporation, Seiscor  Technologies Inc., Siemens
Corporation, Teledata Communications, Ltd. and Vidar-SMS Co. Ltd. Many of  these
competitors  have more  extensive financial,  marketing and  technical resources
than the Company and enjoy superior name recognition in the market. In addition,
the Company has entered  into agreements with ITRI  to jointly develop  products
based  on the UMC system. ITRI  is a Taiwanese government-sponsored research and
development organization in the telecommunications field. Such agreements  grant
ITRI  and certain of its member companies certain rights to manufacture and sell
the ETSI  version of  the UMC  system outside  of North  America. Such  entities
currently compete with the Company in international markets, primarily in China.
In  addition, upon termination  of the agreements  with ITRI in  2002, ITRI will
have a worldwide,  non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable  license to use  the
ETSI version of the UMC technology and, consequently, such member companies will
be  able to compete with the Company worldwide at such time. There is an ongoing
dispute subject  to litigation  between the  Company and  ITRI and  such  member
companies  as to whether, among other things,  ITRI possesses the right to grant
such rights to manufacture and  sell the ETSI version of  the UMC system to  new
member companies. Depending on the outcome of this dispute, the Company may face
competition  from new member companies  for the ETSI version  of the UMC system.
Such companies  may  possess  substantially  greater  financial,  marketing  and
technical resources than the Company. The Company may also face competition from
new  market entrants.  The principal competitive  factors in the  segment of the
telecommunications equipment industry  in which the  Company operates are  total
cost  of solution, product quality  and performance, scalability, flexibility of
configuration and range of system  capabilities available. The Company  believes
that  it competes favorably with respect to  these factors, and that the ability
of the UMC  system to  offer voice  and data  communications over  a variety  of
transmission  media in a cost-effective package provides a competitive advantage
in the small line-size market. There can  be no assurance that the Company  will
be able to compete successfully in the future.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATORY AND INDUSTRY STANDARDS
 
    The  UMC system is required to comply with  a large number of voice and data
regulations and standards,  which vary domestically  versus internationally  and
may  vary by the  specific international market  to which the  Company sells its
products. The  standards in  the United  States are  determined by  the FCC,  by
Underwriters  Laboratories, by independent telephone  companies and by Bellcore.
The UMC technology is certified  by Underwriters Laboratories. In  international
markets,  the  Company's  products  must  comply  with  recommendations  by  the
Consultative  Committee  on  International  Telegraph  and  Telephony  and  with
requirements  established by the individual  regional carriers which specify how
equipment that is connected to their  local networks must operate. In  addition,
the  Company's  products  must  comply  with  standards  issued  by  ETSI. These
standards are  implemented and  enforced  by the  Telecommunications  Regulatory
Authority  of  each  European nation.  Standards  for new  services  continue to
evolve, and the Company will be required  to modify its products or develop  and
support new versions of its products to meet these standards. The failure of the
Company's products to comply, or delays in meeting compliance, with the evolving
standards  both in its domestic and  international markets could have a material
adverse affect on  the Company's  business, financial condition  and results  of
operations.
 
    In  addition, the Company will  need to ensure that  its products are easily
integrated with  the  carriers' network  management  systems. The  RBOCs,  which
represent  a large segment of the  U.S. telecommunications market, in many cases
require that equipment  integrated into  their networks be  tested by  Bellcore,
indicating   that   the  products   are   interoperable  with   the  operations,
administration, maintenance and provisioning systems used by the RBOCs to manage
their networks. Bellcore testing  requires significant investments in  resources
to  achieve compliance. The UMC system  completed a Bellcore technical audit and
was found  to  meet  applicable  requirements.  The  failure  to  maintain  such
compliance and/or to obtain it on new features released in the future could have
a material adverse affect on the Company's ability to sell the UMC system to the
RBOCs, which represent a large segment of the telecommunications market.
 
    The  Company has not received ISO certification, which certifies that design
and manufacturing  processes  adhere  to  certain  established  standards.  Many
telecommunications service providers particularly in international markets, will
not  purchase products from suppliers that  have not received ISO certification.
Accordingly, until it is  able to obtain ISO  certification, the Company may  be
precluded  from selling its products to  these service providers and its ability
to compete with  other suppliers  of communications equipment  may be  adversely
affected.  The Company has initiated the formal process of applying for ISO-9001
certification and expects to  complete the audit  process during 1997.  ISO-9001
addresses quality assurance in design, development, production, installation and
service.  There can be  no assurance as to  when or if  the Company will receive
such certification. The failure  to obtain such  certification may preclude  the
Company from selling the UMC system in certain markets.
 
    The   U.S.   Congress   recently   passed   new   regulations   that  affect
telecommunications services, including changes to pricing, access by competitive
suppliers and  many  other broad  changes  to the  data  and  telecommunications
networks  and services. These changes will have a major impact on the pricing of
existing services,  and may  affect  the deployment  of future  services.  These
changes  could cause  greater consolidation in  the telecommunications industry,
which in turn could disrupt existing customer relationships and have a  material
adverse  effect on  the Company's business,  financial condition  and results of
operations. There can be no assurance that any regulatory changes will not  have
a  material  adverse  effect  on  the demand  for  the  UMC  system. Uncertainty
regarding future policies combined with emerging new competition may also affect
the demand for telecommunications products such as the UMC system.
 
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AND LICENSES
 
    The Company  attempts to  protect its  technology through  a combination  of
copyrights,  trade secret laws and contractual obligations. The Company does not
presently hold  any  patents  for  its  existing  products  and  has  no  patent
applications  pending. There can be no assurance that the Company's intellectual
property protection measures will be  sufficient to prevent misappropriation  of
the   Company's  technology   or  that   the  Company's   competitors  will  not
independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior
to the Company's technology. In addition, the laws of many foreign countries  do
not protect the
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
Company's  intellectual property rights  to the same  extent as the  laws of the
United States. The failure of the Company to protect its proprietary information
could have  a  material adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.
 
    The  increasing dependence of the telecommunications industry on proprietary
technology has  resulted in  frequent  litigation based  on allegations  of  the
infringement  of patents and  other intellectual property.  The Company recently
settled litigation with DSC  under which DSC had  claimed proprietary rights  in
the  UMC technology. See ``-- Legal Proceedings."  In the future the Company may
be subject to additional litigation  to defend against claimed infringements  of
the  rights of others or to determine  the scope and validity of the proprietary
rights of others. Future litigation also may be necessary to enforce and protect
trade secrets and other intellectual property  rights owned by the Company.  Any
such  litigation could be  costly and cause  diversion of management's attention
either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,
financial  condition and  results of  operations. Adverse  determination in such
litigation could result in the loss of the Company's proprietary rights, subject
the Company to  significant liabilities,  require the Company  to seek  licenses
from  third parties,  or prevent the  Company from manufacturing  or selling its
products, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, there  can
be  no assurance  that any  necessary licenses  will be  available on reasonable
terms.
 
    In September 1992, AFC entered into agreements (the "ITRI Agreements")  with
the  Industrial  Technology  Research  Institute  ("ITRI")  to  jointly  develop
products based  on the  ETSI version  of the  UMC system.  ITRI is  a  Taiwanese
government-sponsored    research   and    development   organization    in   the
telecommunications field.  Under the  ITRI Agreements,  ITRI has  the  exclusive
right  in Taiwan to use and develop the  ETSI version of the UMC technology, and
to manufacture such version of the UMC system through the member companies,  but
does  not have the right to manufacture and sell the Company's proprietary ASICs
except in circumstances where AFC has  failed to provide the ASICs as  required.
The  ASIC designs were placed in escrow in order to be available to ITRI and the
member companies should the  right to manufacture  ASICs become effective.  ITRI
and  the member companies also  have a non-exclusive right  to sell or lease the
ETSI version of the UMC  system in all countries  outside of North America.  The
ITRI  Agreements require ITRI to pay the Company a royalty on sales or leases of
the UMC system made  through September 2002, at  which time the license  becomes
fully-paid,  and  ITRI  will  have  a  worldwide,  non-exclusive,  royalty free,
irrevocable license to use the ETSI version of the UMC technology. ITRI's member
companies currently compete with the Company in international markets, primarily
in China. The Company is currently involved in litigation with ITRI and  certain
of  its  member companies  arising  out of  disputes  over, among  other things,
payment of royalties  and the  supply of ASICs.  See ``--  Competition" and  "--
Legal Proceedings -- ITRI."
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    ITRI
 
    In  1995, a  dispute arose  among the  Company, ITRI  and certain  of ITRI's
member companies (the "Member Companies") in which the Company claimed that ITRI
and the Member Companies were, among other things, failing to pay royalties when
due. In reliance upon certain provisions of the ITRI Agreements, in April  1996,
the  Company ceased delivering to the Member Companies certain proprietary ASICs
used in the  manufacture of  the UMC system.  Pursuant to  agreements with  ITRI
reached  in  1994, design  documentation for  these  ASICs are  held in  a trust
account, with directions that the designs can  be made available to ITRI on  the
occurrence  of specified conditions.  On July 9,  1996, the trustee-custodian of
the ASIC designs filed  suit against the Company  in the United States  District
Court,  Eastern District of  New York, alleging that  the Company had wrongfully
discontinued the sale of the ASICs to the Member Companies. Among other  things,
the  complaint  seeks  unspecified  damages  on behalf  of  the  trustee,  and a
determination that the trustee can release the ASIC designs to ITRI. On July 31,
1996, the Company filed a counterclaim against the trustee claiming, among other
things, that the trustee improperly disclosed the design documentation to  third
parties.
 
    On  July 30,  1996, the Company  filed suit  against ITRI and  others in the
United States District Court, Northern District of California, for breach of the
ITRI   Agreements,    breach    of    covenants    of    good    faith,    trade
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
secret   misappropriation,  tortious  interference,   and  related  claims.  The
complaint alleges that ITRI breached the ITRI Agreements, among other things, by
failing to  collect  royalties owed  to  the Company,  by  developing  UMC-based
products  not  shared with  the Company,  by transferring  UMC technology  to an
unauthorized company, and  by misappropriating the  Company's trade secrets  and
that  the  ITRI  Agreements have  been  terminated. The  Company  seeks damages,
punitive damages, and declaratory and injunctive relief. On September 13,  1996,
ITRI  filed a  demand for  arbitration of the  dispute and  claimed, among other
things, that the  Company has  breached the ITRI  Agreements and  is liable  for
unspecified  royalties and punitive damages,  and claiming proprietary rights in
certain UMC technology. On September 30, 1996, the Company amended the complaint
in its suit  against ITRI to  add the  Member Companies and  another company  as
parties to the suit.
 
   
    On  August 27, 1996, the Member Companies  filed suit against the Company in
United States District Court, Northern  District of California, alleging  breach
of  contract and  unfair competition based  on the  Company's discontinuation of
ASIC sales to the Member Companies. The complaint filed by the Member  Companies
alleges  that the Company lacked justification  to discontinue the sale of ASICs
and that its failure  to sell ASICs to  the Member Companies constituted  unfair
competition. The complaint seeks court-ordered arbitration, unspecified damages,
punitive  damages and an injunction requiring further  sales of the ASICs to the
Member  Companies.  On  September  9,  1996,  the  court  granted  a   temporary
restraining  order  pursuant to  which the  Company was  required to  supply the
Member Companies with a specified number  of ASICs during the ensuing two  month
period on the terms and conditions set forth in the ITRI Agreements. The court's
order  was granted  as an  interim measure  to preserve  the status  quo pending
adjudication  on  the  merits.  On   September  16,  1996,  the  Company   filed
counterclaims  seeking  declaratory and  injunctive  relief and  damages against
Member Companies  for,  among  other  things,  breach  of  contract,  fraud  and
misappropriation  of trade secrets. On September  23, 1996, the Member Companies
filed a demand for arbitration of  the dispute and claimed, among other  things,
actual  damages in excess of  $60 million, legal fees  and expenses and punitive
damages.
    
 
   
    The parties conducted discovery with respect to the royalty and ASIC  supply
issues  during September  and October  1996. A  hearing on  ITRI's motion  for a
preliminary injunction to require  the Company to  continue supplying ASICs  and
ITRI's  motion to compel arbitration was held  on November 22, 1996. In an order
dated January 23,  1997, the court  stayed the litigation  and granted the  ITRI
parties'  motion to compel  arbitration. In addition, the  court granted in part
the Member Companies' motion for  preliminary injunction, thereby requiring  the
Company to continue to deliver ASICs to the Member Companies on the terms of the
temporary  restraining order granted on September 9, 1996, pending further order
of the court  or an arbitrator.  The Company believes  that compliance with  the
court's order will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
    
 
    The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted
by  ITRI  and the  Member  Companies and  it  intends to  defend  the litigation
vigorously. Moreover, the  Company believes that  the Member Companies'  damages
claim  is without  merit. The Company  further believes that  its claims against
ITRI and  the  Member Companies  are  meritorious  and the  Company  intends  to
vigorously  pursue such  claims. However,  due to the  nature of  the claims and
because the proceedings are in the discovery stage, the Company cannot determine
the total expense  or possible  loss, if any,  that may  ultimately be  incurred
either  in the context  of a trial, arbitration  or as a  result of a negotiated
settlement. Regardless  of the  ultimate outcome  of the  proceedings, it  could
result  in  significant diversion  of time  by  the Company's  management. After
consideration of  the  nature  of the  claims  and  the facts  relating  to  the
proceedings,  the Company believes  that the resolution of  this matter will not
have a material adverse  effect on the  Company's business, financial  condition
and  results of operations; however, the results of these proceedings, including
any potential settlement, are  uncertain and there can  be no assurance to  that
effect.  See "Risk Factors -- Competition" and "-- Risks Associated with Pending
Litigation."
 
    DSC
 
    From July 1993 until June 1996  the Company was involved in litigation  with
DSC.  DSC had alleged, among other things,  that the UMC technology contained or
was derived from  trade secrets  and other  proprietary technology  of DSC.  The
parties    entered   into   a   Settlement   Agreement   and   Mutual   Releases
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
dated as of June 24, 1996  (the ``Settlement Agreement"), pursuant to which  the
litigation  was terminated.  Under the  terms of  the Settlement  Agreement, the
Company paid DSC  an aggregate  of $10.1 million  and issued  725,787 shares  of
Common  Stock to DSC. In addition, under  the terms of the Settlement Agreement,
AFC maintains all rights to  the UMC technology free and  clear of any claim  by
DSC. In July 1996, the Company borrowed approximately $7.1 million (representing
the  present value of the  $8.5 million obligation) under  a six-month term loan
and repaid  its  remaining  obligations  under  the  Settlement  Agreement.  See
"Selected  Consolidated Financial Data,"  ``Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial  Condition and  Results of  Operations"  and Note  10 of  Notes  to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  The  Company  provided  indemnification to
certain stockholders in connection  with the settlement  of the DSC  litigation.
See "Certain Transactions."
 
    OTHER
 
    On  June  20,  1995,  two  investment  limited  partnerships,  Equity-Linked
Investors, L.P. and Equity-Linked Investors, L.P. II (the ``Plaintiffs"),  filed
a  complaint against  the Company  in the United  States District  Court for the
Southern District of  New York.  The Plaintiffs' complaint  contains claims  for
breach  of contract, promissory estoppel, and specific performance related to an
alleged subordinated  debt financing  agreement. The  Plaintiffs are  affiliated
with  Desai Capital Management Incorporated (``Desai"). From March to June 1995,
the Company  was  involved  in  negotiations with  Desai  regarding  a  proposed
subordinated  debt financing  of the  Company. On  June 13,  1995, the Company's
Board of  Directors  disapproved  the proposed  transaction.  According  to  the
Plaintiff's  complaint, the Company had a binding commitment to proceed with the
proposed financing. The complaint alleges that the Company committed to accept a
$10 million to  $15 million loan  from the Plaintiffs  in exchange for  interest
payments  and  warrants to  purchase 350,000  shares of  the Company's  Series E
Preferred Stock at $12.50 per share (not taking into account a two-for-one stock
split in September  1995 and  the further  two-for-one stock  split effected  in
August 1996). The complaint alleges damages of ``at least the difference between
their  exercisable $12.50 per  share price on  350,000 shares and  the per share
price of stock sold in any initial public offering."
 
    On July  12, 1995,  and September  8,  1995, the  Company filed  motions  to
dismiss  the case for lack of federal jurisdiction and failure to state a claim.
The Company's motions to  dismiss the case remain  pending and undecided.  There
has been no discovery in the case, and no trial date is set.
 
    The   Company  denies   the  allegations   of  the   Plaintiffs'  complaint,
specifically denies that  there was  any contract,  and intends  to contest  the
claims vigorously.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As  of December 31, 1996,  AFC had 425 full-time  employees, including 82 in
marketing, sales and support services, 124  in research and development, 159  in
operations  and  60 in  general administrative  positions. Substantially  all of
AFC's employees are based at the Company's headquarters in Petaluma, California.
None of the Company's  employees are represented by  a labor union. The  Company
believes its relationships with its employees are good and has never experienced
a strike or work stoppage.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The  Company's administrative, sales and  marketing, and product development
headquarters are  located  in Petaluma,  California,  where the  Company  leases
approximately 165,000 square feet under leases expiring beginning in March 2005.
The  Company believes its facilities are adequate  for its current needs and for
its needs in the foreseeable future.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, KEY EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS
 
    The  executive officers,  key employees  and directors  of the  Company, and
their respective ages as of December 31, 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                  AGE      POSITION
- ------------------------------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>          <C>
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Donald Green....................................          65   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
                                                               Officer
Carl J. Grivner.................................          43   President and Chief Operating Officer and
                                                               Director
Karen Godfrey...................................          42   Corporate Controller and Assistant Secretary
Glenn Lillich...................................          49   Vice President, Domestic Sales and Marketing
Dan E. Steimle..................................          48   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
                                                               Treasurer and Secretary
KEY EMPLOYEES
James Hoeck.....................................          36   Vice President, Advanced Development
John Webley.....................................          38   Vice President, Advanced Development
David Arnold....................................          46   Vice President, Engineering Development
Michael Hatfield................................          34   Vice President, International and Product
                                                               Management
Peter Kilkus....................................          52   Vice President, Quality Assurance
Greg Steele.....................................          35   Vice President, Operations
OUTSIDE DIRECTORS
B.J. Cassin (1).................................          63   Director
Clifford H. Higgerson (1) (2)...................          57   Director
Brian Jackman (2)...............................          55   Director
Dan Rasdal (1)..................................          63   Director
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
    DONALD GREEN was  a co-founder  of the Company  and has  been the  Company's
Chairman  of the Board  and Chief Executive  Officer since May  1992. He founded
Optilink Corporation ("Optilink") in 1987 to develop a fiber NGDLC system called
the Litespan 2000. Mr.  Green was the President  and Chief Executive Officer  of
Optilink  from 1987 until  its acquisition by  DSC in 1990.  From 1990 until the
founding of the Company, Mr. Green was Vice President and General Manager of the
Access Products division of  DSC. Prior to founding  Optilink, Mr. Green  served
for  17 years as Chief Executive Officer of Digital Telephone Systems, a company
he founded in  1969 to  develop, manufacture and  market the  D960 Digital  Loop
Carrier system. Prior to founding Digital Telephone Systems, Mr. Green served as
Project  Engineer  and, subsequently,  Vice President  of Engineering  for Lynch
Communication Inc., a  telecommunications company ("Lynch"),  as well as  Design
Engineer  for RCA Standard Telephone  Cables (UK), a telecommunications company.
Mr. Green began his career  with British Telecom, a telecommunications  company,
and is a graduate of the British Institute of Electrical Engineers.
 
    CARL J. GRIVNER has been the Company's President and Chief Operating Officer
since  December 1995 and a  Director since May 1996.  From July 1995 to December
1995 he was the Company's Chief  Operating Officer. From September 1994 to  July
1995, he was President of Enhanced Business Services of Ameritech, an RBOC. From
1986 to September 1994, Mr. Grivner held various general management positions at
Ameritech,  including  President  of  Ameritech's  Advertising  Services (Yellow
Pages) Unit. From 1977 to 1986,
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
he held a variety of technical and marketing positions at International Business
Machines, Inc.  Mr. Grivner  holds a  Bachelor of  Arts degree  in Biology  from
Lycoming  College and  an advanced degree  from the  University of Pennsylvania,
Wharton School of Business.
 
    KAREN GODFREY has been the Company's Corporate Controller since May 1994 and
its Assistant Secretary since  February 1995. From September  1992 to May  1994,
Ms.  Godfrey was self-employed as a financial management consultant. Ms. Godfrey
was the Chief Financial Officer of  Fortune's Almanac, Inc., a catalog  company,
from  September 1991 to September 1992 and  the Chief Financial Officer and Vice
President of Operations  of Paracomp,  Inc., a  software company,  from 1989  to
September  1991. Ms.  Godfrey held  various financial  management positions with
WordStar International  Corporation,  a software  company,  from 1984  to  1989,
including Corporate Controller. Ms. Godfrey started her professional career with
KPMG  Peat Marwick. She  is a C.P.A. and  holds a Bachelor  of Science degree in
Accountancy from the University of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana.
 
    GLENN LILLICH  has been  the Company's  Vice President,  Domestic Sales  and
Marketing  since June 1996. From February 1993 to June 1996, Mr. Lillich was the
Company's Vice President, Sales. From January  1992 to February 1993, he  served
as  the Western  Region Director  of Sales for  the Telecom  Division of Stratus
Company, a  manufacturer of  computer systems.  Mr. Lillich  held various  sales
positions  at DSC from 1984  to December 1991, most  recently as Vice President,
Sales;  GTE  Telenet  Systems  Corporation,  a  manufacturer  of  packet  switch
hardware,  from  1980  to  1983; and  Northern  Telecom  Systems  Corporation, a
manufacturer and distributor of data processing systems, from 1978 to 1979.  Mr.
Lillich  holds  a  Bachelor of  Science  degree  in Accounting  from  Ohio State
University and an MBA in Behavioral Management from Pepperdine University.
 
    DAN E. STEIMLE  has been the  Company's Vice President  and Chief  Financial
Officer  since  December 1993.  He  has also  been  the Company's  Secretary and
Treasurer since July  1995. He  was the  Senior Vice  President for  Operations,
Chief  Financial Officer  and Treasurer for  The Santa Cruz  Operations, Inc., a
software company, from 1991 until joining  AFC. Mr. Steimle served as  Corporate
Director  of  Business Development  at  Mentor Graphics  Corporation,  a company
supplying engineering  design software,  from 1989  to September  1991 and  held
various  financial positions  at Cipher Data  Products, Inc.,  a manufacturer of
computer peripherals, from  1982 to  1989, including  Corporate Vice  President,
Chief  Financial Officer and Treasurer. Mr.  Steimle holds a Bachelor of Science
degree in Accounting  from Ohio  State University and  an MBA  in Marketing  and
Management  from the University of Cincinnati. Mr. Steimle is also a director of
Mitek Systems, Inc., a software company.
 
    JAMES HOECK was a  co-founder of the Company  and served as Vice  President,
Engineering  from inception through January 1995  when he became Vice President,
Advanced  Development.  In  November  1990,  he  co-founded  Quadrium   Research
Corporation,  a  design  consulting  company  ("Quadrium"),  and  served  as its
President until May 1992. Previously, Mr. Hoeck served as a manager of  firmware
at Optilink and as a member of the technical staff at Teradyne, Inc., a test and
measurement  equipment company. Mr. Hoeck holds  a Bachelor of Science degree in
Electrical Engineering from Northwestern University.
 
    JOHN WEBLEY was a  co-founder of the Company  and served as Vice  President,
Engineering  from inception through January 1995  when he became Vice President,
Advanced Development. In November 1990,  he co-founded Quadrium with Mr.  Hoeck,
and  served as its Vice President until June 1992. Previously, Mr. Webley served
as manager  of  systems interface  hardware  at Optilink,  as  a member  of  the
technical  staff at  Rockwell International, a  defense contractor,  as a senior
engineer at  Lynch and  as a  network  systems engineer  for the  Department  of
Telecommunications  in Cape Town,  South Africa. Mr. Webley  holds a Bachelor of
Science degree in Electrical Engineering, an Hon. B.Sc. and a Master of  Science
degree  in  Electrical Engineering  from the  University of  Stellenbosch, South
Africa.
 
    DAVID ARNOLD has been the Company's Vice President, Engineering  Development
since April 1996. From November 1993 to November 1995, he was senior director of
telephony products research at Ericsson Raynet, a provider of telecommunications
equipment.  From 1989  to November 1993,  he served as  engineering director for
Alcatel Network Systems, a provider of telecommunications equipment. Previously,
from
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
1978 to 1983,  Mr. Arnold  held a variety  of engineering  positions at  Digital
Equipment Corporation, a provider of computer and data processing equipment. Mr.
Arnold  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Computer  Science  from the
University of California, Berkeley.
 
    MICHAEL HATFIELD has  been the Company's  Vice President, International  and
Product Management since June 1996. From September 1992 to June 1996 he was Vice
President,  Marketing.  From  July 1992  to  September  1992, he  served  as the
director of  marketing  for the  synchronization  products division  of  Telecom
Solutions,  Inc., a  telecommunications company.  Previously, Mr.  Hatfield held
various marketing positions at DSC from 1987 to July 1992. Mr. Hatfield holds  a
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in Electrical  Engineering  from  the Rose-Hulman
Institute of Technology and an MBA in Finance from Indiana University.
 
    PETER KILKUS has been the Company's Vice President, Quality Assurance  since
March  1995. From 1990 to March 1995,  he served as the Senior Director, Quality
Assurance, for DSC. From  1988 to 1990, he  held various positions at  Optilink,
most  recently as Vice President; Operations. Mr.  Kilkus holds an MA in Physics
from the University of California, Santa  Barbara and a Bachelor of Arts  degree
in Physics from St. Mary's University of Minnesota.
 
    GREG  STEELE has been  the Company's Vice  President, Operations since April
1995. From November 1994 to March 1995, Mr. Steele was the Company's Director of
Operations. Prior to joining the Company, from 1990 to November 1994, Mr. Steele
held various  positions at  DSC,  including director  of account  marketing  and
senior  manager of manufacturing from 1990  to April 1993. Previously, from 1984
to 1990, Mr. Steele held  several manufacturing positions at Texas  Instruments.
Mr.  Steele holds  a Bachelor of  Science degree in  Industrial Engineering from
Oregon State University.
 
    B.J. CASSIN has  been a director  of the Company  since January 1993.  Since
1979,  he has been a private venture capitalist. Previously, he co-founded Xidex
Corporation, a manufacturer of data storage  media, in 1969, and served as  Vice
President, Marketing.
 
    CLIFFORD H. HIGGERSON has been a director of the Company since January 1993.
Mr.  Higgerson  has been  a  general partner  of  Vanguard Ventures  Partners, a
venture capital  firm and  a stockholder  of the  Company, since  July 1991  and
managing partner of Communications Ventures, a venture capital firm, since 1987.
Mr.  Higgerson is  also a  director of  Digital Microwave  Corporation and eight
private companies.
 
    BRIAN JACKMAN has been a director  of the Company since September 1993.  Mr.
Jackman   has  been   the  Executive   Vice  President   of  Tellabs,   Inc.,  a
telecommunications equipment company and a  stockholder of the Company, and  the
President of Tellabs Operations Inc., a subsidiary of Tellabs, Inc., since 1991.
From  1990 to  1993, Mr.  Jackman was the  Executive Vice  President of Business
Operations  of  Tellabs.   From  1989   to  1990,   he  was   the  Senior   Vice
President/General  Manager of the data  communications division of Tellabs, Inc.
Mr. Jackman is also a director of Tellabs, Inc. and Universal Electronics, Inc.
 
    DAN RASDAL  has been  a director  of the  Company since  February 1993.  Mr.
Rasdal   has   been   Chairman   of  the   Board   of   SymmetriComm,   Inc.,  a
telecommunications company,  since  July  1989,  and  the  President  and  Chief
Executive  Officer of SymmetriComm since 1985. Mr.  Rasdal is also a director of
Celeritek, Inc., a semiconductor manufacturer.
 
    The current  directors  have been  elected  pursuant  to the  terms  of  the
Company's  certificate  of incorporation  and a  voting agreement  among certain
stockholders of  the Company,  whereby holders  of the  Company's Series  A  and
Series  B Preferred Stock of the Company  had the right to elect three directors
in the aggregate and the  parties to the voting agreement  agreed to vote for  a
director  designated in accordance with  the voting agreement. Such arrangements
terminated upon closing of the initial  public offering of the Company's  Common
Stock on October 4, 1996.
 
    The  Company's certificate of incorporation  provides for a classified Board
of Directors composed of seven directors.  Accordingly, the terms of the  office
of the Board of Directors are divided into three classes. Class I will expire at
the  annual meeting of the stockholders to be held in 1997; Class II will expire
at the annual meeting of the stockholders to be held in 1998; and Class III will
expire at the annual  meeting of the  stockholders to be held  in 1999. At  each
annual   meeting   of  the   stockholders,  beginning   with  the   1997  annual
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
meeting, the  successors to  directors  whose terms  will  then expire  will  be
elected  to serve from  the time of  election and qualification  until the third
annual meeting  following election  and until  their successors  have been  duly
elected  and qualified, or  until their earlier resignation  or removal, if any.
Carl Grivner and Clifford Higgerson have  been designated as Class I  directors.
B.J. Cassin and Brian Jackman have been designated as Class II directors. Donald
Green and Dan Rasdal have been designated as Class III directors. The Company is
continuing  to seek to add one additional  director to the Board of Directors in
the future. To  the extent  there is  an increase  in the  number of  directors,
additional directorships resulting therefrom will be distributed among the three
classes  so that,  as nearly as  possible, each  class will consist  of an equal
number of directors.
 
    Each executive officer  and key  employee serves  at the  discretion of  the
Board of Directors. The Company does not have any existing employment agreements
with  any executive officer  or key employee. There  are no family relationships
among any of the directors, executive officers and key employees of the Company.
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
    The Board of Directors has two standing committees: an Audit Committee and a
Compensation Committee.  The Audit  Committee, currently  consisting of  Messrs.
Cassin,  Higgerson and Rasdal, meets with the Company's financial management and
its independent  accountants  at various  times  during each  year  and  reviews
internal  control conditions, audit  plans and results,  and financial reporting
procedures.  The  Compensation  Committee,   currently  consisting  of   Messrs.
Higgerson   and  Jackman,  reviews  and   approves  the  Company's  compensation
arrangements for key employees and administers the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and
the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    Non-employee Board members do not receive any cash fees for their service on
the Board or any Board committee, but they are entitled to reimbursement of  all
reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses incurred in  connection with their attendance
at Board and Board committee  meetings. In addition, non-employee Board  members
receive  stock options pursuant to the  automatic option grant program in effect
under the Company's 1996 Stock Incentive  Plan. See `` -- Stock Incentive  Plan"
for further information concerning this program.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
    The Company's certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors
to  the maximum extent permitted by Delaware  law. This provision is intended to
allow the Company's directors  the benefit of  Delaware General Corporation  Law
which  provides  that  directors of  Delaware  corporations may  be  relieved of
monetary liabilities for breach of  their fiduciary duties as directors,  except
under  certain circumstances, including breach of their duty of loyalty, acts or
omissions not in  good faith or  involving intentional misconduct  or a  knowing
violation  of law, unlawful payments or  dividends or unlawful stock repurchases
or redemptions or any  transaction from which the  director derived an  improper
personal benefit. As a result, the Company and its stockholders may be unable to
obtain  monetary damages from  a director for  breach of duty  of care. Although
stockholders may continue to  seek injunctive or other  equitable relief for  an
alleged  breach of fiduciary duty  by a director, stockholders  may not have any
effective remedy against the  challenged conduct if  equitable remedies are  not
available.  In addition,  the Company's  bylaws provide  that the  Company shall
indemnify its executive officers and directors to the fullest extent provided by
Delaware law. The bylaws also  authorize the use of indemnification  agreements,
and  the Company has entered into such agreements with each of its directors and
executive officers. Prospective  investors should  be aware that  the effect  of
such indemnification provisions may be to shift to the Company liabilities which
may  otherwise have been payable by individual directors or officers. Insofar as
indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be provided
to the Company's executive officers and directors, the Company has been  advised
that,   in  the  opinion  of  the   Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and
is, therefore, unenforceable.
 
    The Company  has  obtained officer  and  director liability  insurance  with
respect to liabilities arising out of certain matters, including matters arising
under the Securities Act.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    There  is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer,
employee or other  agent of  the Company as  to which  indemnification is  being
sought, nor is the Company aware of any threatened litigation that may result in
claims for indemnification by any director, officer, employee or other agent.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    SUMMARY  OF CASH AND OTHER COMPENSATION.  The following table sets forth the
compensation earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and the other  four
executive  officers of  the Company (the  ``Named Executive  Officers"), each of
whose aggregate compensation for the year ended December 31, 1996 was in  excess
of  $100,000 for  services rendered  in all capacities  to the  Company for such
fiscal year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          LONG-TERM
                                                                                        COMPENSATION
                                                                                        -------------
                                                                                          NUMBER OF
                                                                 ANNUAL COMPENSATION     SECURITIES
                                                                ----------------------   UNDERLYING      ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                       SALARY      BONUS        OPTIONS     COMPENSATION
- ---------------------------------------------------             ----------  ----------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Donald Green ......................................       1996  $  275,000  $  138,903      184,902      $  --
 Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer        1995     185,000     115,625       25,000         --
Carl J. Grivner (1) ...............................       1996     235,000     106,349       --             74,080(2)
 President and Chief Operating Officer                    1995     102,115      48,894      212,000         14,690(3)
Karen Godfrey .....................................       1996     105,000      25,077       --             --
 Corporate Controller and Assistant Secretary             1995     101,016      28,935       10,200         --
Glenn Lillich .....................................       1996     170,000      51,868       --             --
 Vice President, Domestic Sales and Marketing             1995     160,000      54,400       12,000         --
Dan E. Steimle ....................................       1996     170,000      51,868       --             --
 Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer       1995     160,000      54,400       12,000         --
 and Secretary
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1) Mr. Grivner joined the Company in July 1995.
 
(2)  Represents  $34,377  in  relocation  expenses  paid  by  the  Company   and
    forgiveness  of $39,703 of principal  and interest on a  note payable to the
    Company. See "Certain Transactions."
 
(3) Represents relocation expenses paid by the Company.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    STOCK OPTION GRANTS TO  NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.  The following table  sets
forth  certain information  regarding stock  option grants  made to  each of the
Named Executive Officers in 1996. No  stock appreciation rights were granted  to
the Named Executive Officers during such year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 INDIVIDUAL GRANTS (1)
                                --------------------------------------------------------  POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                                 NUMBER OF                                                AT ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF
                                SECURITIES     PERCENT OF                                  STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION
                                UNDERLYING    TOTAL GRANTED     PER SHARE                    FOR OPTION TERM (2)
                                  OPTIONS    TO EMPLOYEES IN    EXERCISE     EXPIRATION   --------------------------
NAME                              GRANTED      FISCAL YEAR    BASE PRICE(3)     DATE           5%           10%
- ------------------------------  -----------  ---------------  -------------  -----------  ------------  ------------
<S>                             <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>
Donald Green..................     184,902           17.1%      $   12.50       6/25/06   $  1,453,548  $  3,683,577
Carl J. Grivner...............      --             --              --            --            --            --
Karen Godfrey.................      --             --              --            --            --            --
Glenn Lillich.................      --             --              --            --            --            --
Dan E. Steimle................      --             --              --            --            --            --
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1)  The option shown in the table is immediately exercisable for all the option
    shares. However, any shares  purchased under the option  will be subject  to
    repurchase  by the  Company, at  the exercise price  paid per  share, in the
    event the optionee terminates employment  prior to vesting in those  shares.
    The  shares vest in successive equal  monthly installments over 24 months of
    service, measured  from  the date  of  grant.  All the  option  shares  will
    immediately  vest in the  event the Company  is acquired by  merger or asset
    sale, unless the options are assumed by the acquiring entity.
 
(2) Realizable values are reported net of the option exercise price. The  dollar
    amounts  under these columns are the result of calculations based upon stock
    price appreciation at  the assumed 5%  and 10% compounded  annual rates  (as
    applied  to the estimated fair market value of the option shares on the date
    of grant, not the  current fair market  value of those  shares) and are  not
    intended to forecast any actual or potential future appreciation, if any, in
    the  value of  the Company's  stock price.  Actual gains,  if any,  on stock
    option exercises will be dependent upon the future performance of the Common
    Stock as  well  as the  option  holder's continued  employment  through  the
    vesting  period. The potential realizable value calculation assumes that the
    option holder waits until the end of the option term to exercise the option.
 
(3) The exercise price for the shares  of Common Stock subject to option  grants
    made  under the Plan may be paid in cash or in shares of Common Stock valued
    at fair market value on the exercise date. The option may also be  exercised
    through  a same-day sale program without any cash outlay by the optionee. In
    addition, the Plan Administrator may provide financial assistance to one  or
    more optionees in the exercise of their outstanding options by allowing such
    individuals  to deliver a full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note in
    payment of the exercise price and any associated withholding taxes  incurred
    in connection with such exercise.
 
    OPTION  EXERCISES  AND HOLDINGS.   The  following  table sets  forth certain
information with respect to the Named Executive Officers concerning their option
exercises during 1996 and their option holdings as of December 27, 1996. None of
the Named Executive Officers  held any stock appreciation  rights at the end  of
that fiscal year.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                            UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                OPTIONS AS OF             IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                                            DECEMBER 27, 1996 (2)      AS OF DECEMBER 27, 1996(3)
                           SHARES ACQUIRED     VALUE      --------------------------  ----------------------------
NAME                         ON EXERCISE    REALIZED (1)  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------  ---------------  ------------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                        <C>              <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Donald Green.............        --         $    --          108,558        181,344    $ 5,193,968    $ 7,892,539
Carl J. Grivner..........        46,666        2,292,467      12,401        152,933        650,503      8,039,699
Karen Godfrey............        20,000          170,000      36,440         38,760      1,928,445      2,043,593
Glenn Lillich............       --               --          160,534         87,466      8,533,982      4,630,868
Dan E. Steimle...........        160,000         236,000      18,400         33,600        971,200      1,767,300
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1)  Based upon the  difference between the  exercise price and  the fair market
    value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of exercise.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
(2) Although each option is immediately  exercisable for all the option  shares,
    any  shares  purchased under  the option  are subject  to repurchase  by the
    Company, at the  exercise price paid  per share, in  the event the  optionee
    terminates  employment prior to  vesting in those  shares. Twenty percent of
    the option  shares will  vest  upon optionee's  completion  of one  year  of
    service  measured  from  the vesting  date,  and  the balance  will  vest in
    successive equal monthly  installments over  the next 48  months of  service
    thereafter  (other  than  184,000  of Mr.  Green's  options,  which  vest in
    successive equal monthly  installments over  24 months  of service  measured
    from  the date of grant). All the option shares will immediately vest in the
    event the Company is  acquired by merger or  asset sale, unless the  options
    are  assumed by the  acquiring entity. Accordingly,  the table reflects such
    option shares  as  to  which  the repurchase  right  has  lapsed  under  the
    "exercisable"  column and such option shares subject to the repurchase right
    under the "unexercisable" column.
 
(3) Based on  the last  reported sale  price of  the Company's  Common Stock  on
    December  27, 1996  ($53.25 per share)  less the exercise  price payable for
    such shares.
 
COMPENSATION, TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE IN CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
    The Compensation Committee as Plan Administrator of the 1996 Stock Incentive
Plan has the authority to provide for  the accelerated vesting of the shares  of
Common  Stock subject to outstanding options held by the Chief Executive Officer
and the Company's other executive officers or any unvested shares actually  held
by  those individuals  under the  1996 Stock  Incentive Plan,  in the  event the
Company is acquired  by merger or  asset sale or  there is a  hostile change  in
control  effected by a successful tender or  exchange offer for more than 50% of
the Company's outstanding voting securities or  a change in the majority of  the
Board  as a  result of  one or  more contested  elections for  Board membership.
Alternatively, the Compensation Committee may condition such accelerated vesting
upon  the  individual's  termination  of  service  within  a  designated  period
following  the  acquisition  or  hostile  change in  control.  See  ``  -- Stock
Incentive Plan."
 
    On May 31, 1995, Mr. Green purchased 167,200 shares of Common Stock from the
Company in exchange for a note payable in the amount of $52,250, the fair market
value of such shares on such date, pursuant to a compensation agreement approved
by the Board of Directors. The Company  has the right to repurchase such  shares
at  the original purchase price per share  upon Mr. Green's cessation of service
prior to vesting in such shares. See "Certain Transactions."
 
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    The Company's 1996 Stock  Incentive Plan (the ``1996  Plan") is intended  to
serve  as the  successor equity  incentive program  to the  Company's 1993 Stock
Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the ``Predecessor Plan"). The 1996 Plan was  adopted
by  the Board of Directors on July 12,  1996 and approved by the stockholders in
August 1996.  A  total  of  7,008,142  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  currently
authorized  for issuance under the 1996 Plan. This share reserve is comprised of
(i) the shares which remained available for issuance under the Predecessor Plan,
including the shares  subject to  outstanding options thereunder,  plus (ii)  an
additional  increase of  1,000,000 shares. As  of December 31,  1996, there were
options to purchase  4,313,544 shares  under the  Plan. In  addition, the  share
reserve  will  automatically  be increased  on  the  first trading  day  of each
calendar year, beginning with the 1997 calendar  year, by an amount equal to  3%
of  the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding on the last trading day of
the immediately  preceding calendar  year.  However, in  no  event may  any  one
participant in the 1996 Plan receive option grants or direct stock issuances for
more  than 400,000 shares in  the aggregate per calendar  year. The 1996 Plan is
administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the ``Plan
Administrator").
 
    Outstanding options under the Predecessor  Plan have been incorporated  into
the  1996 Plan, and no further option  grants will be made under the Predecessor
Plan. The incorporated options  will continue to be  governed by their  existing
terms,  unless the Plan Administrator  elects to extend one  or more features of
the 1996 Plan to  those options. However, except  as otherwise noted below,  the
outstanding  options under the  Predecessor Plan contain  substantially the same
terms and conditions summarized below for the Discretionary Option Grant Program
in effect under the 1996 Plan.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    The   1996  Plan  is   divided  into  five   separate  components:  (i)  the
Discretionary Option  Grant Program,  under which  eligible individuals  in  the
Company's  employ or service (including officers, non-employee Board members and
consultants) may,  at  the discretion  of  the Plan  Administrator,  be  granted
options  to purchase shares of  Common Stock at an  exercise price not less than
85% of  their fair  market value  on the  grant date;  (ii) the  Stock  Issuance
Program   under  which  such  individuals   may,  in  the  Plan  Administrator's
discretion, be issued shares  of Common Stock directly  through the purchase  of
such shares at a price not less than 100% of their fair market value at the time
of  issuance or as a bonus tied to the performance of services; (iii) the Salary
Investment  Option  Grant  Program  under  which,  if  activated  by  the   Plan
Administrator  for a given year, executive officers and other highly compensated
employees may elect to apply a portion of their base salary for such year to the
acquisition of  special below-market  stock option  grants; (iv)  the  Automatic
Option  Grant Program  under which option  grants will automatically  be made at
periodic intervals to eligible non-employee Board members to purchase shares  of
Common  Stock at an exercise  price equal to 100% of  their fair market value on
the grant date; and (v) the Director  Fee Option Grant Program, if activated  by
the  Plan Administrator  for a  given year,  pursuant to  which the non-employee
Board members may apply  all or a  portion of the annual  retainer fee, if  any,
otherwise  payable  to them  in cash  each  year to  the acquisition  of special
below-market option grants.
 
    The Plan  Administrator will  have complete  discretion to  determine  which
eligible  individuals are to receive option  grants or stock issuances under the
Discretionary Option Grant,  Salary Investment  Option Grant  or Stock  Issuance
Programs, the time or times when such option grants or stock issuances are to be
made, the number of shares subject to each such grant or issuance, the status of
any  granted option as either an incentive stock option or a non-statutory stock
option under the Federal tax laws, the vesting schedule to be in effect for  the
option grant or stock issuance and the maximum term for which any granted option
is to remain outstanding. Generally, options will be immediately exercisable for
all  the option shares. However,  any shares purchased under  the option will be
subject to repurchase by the Company, at  the exercise price paid per share,  in
the  event the optionee terminates employment  prior to vesting in those shares.
The administration of the Automatic Option  Grant and Director Fee Option  Grant
Programs  will be  self-executing in accordance  with the  express provisions of
each such program.
 
    The exercise price for the shares  of Common Stock subject to option  grants
made  under the Plan may be paid in cash  or in shares of Common Stock valued at
fair market value on the exercise date. The option may also be exercised through
a same-day sale program  without any cash outlay  by the optionee. In  addition,
the Plan Administrator may provide financial assistance to one or more optionees
in  the exercise  of their outstanding  options by allowing  such individuals to
deliver a  full-recourse, interest-bearing  promissory note  in payment  of  the
exercise  price and any associated withholding taxes incurred in connection with
such exercise.
 
    In the event  that the Company  is acquired  by merger or  asset sale,  each
outstanding  option under the Discretionary Option Grant Program which is not to
be assumed by the successor  corporation will automatically accelerate in  full,
and  all unvested shares under the Stock Issuance Program will immediately vest,
except to  the extent  the Company's  repurchase rights  with respect  to  those
shares  are to be assigned to  the successor corporation. The Plan Administrator
will have the authority under the Discretionary Option Grant and Stock  Issuance
Programs  to grant options and to structure repurchase rights so that the shares
subject to those  options or repurchase  rights will automatically  vest in  the
event the individual's service is terminated, whether involuntarily or through a
resignation  for good reason, within a  specified period (not to exceed eighteen
(18) months) following (i)  a merger or  asset sale in  which those options  are
assumed  or those  repurchase rights  are assigned or  (ii) a  hostile change in
control of the Company effected by a  successful tender offer for more than  50%
of  the outstanding voting stock  or by proxy contest  for the election of Board
members. The Plan Administrator will also have the discretion to provide for the
automatic acceleration of outstanding options  and the lapse of any  outstanding
repurchase  rights upon (i) a hostile change  in control of the Company effected
by a successful  tender offer  for more than  50% of  the Company's  outstanding
voting  stock or by proxy contest for the  election of Board members or (ii) the
termination of  the individual's  service, whether  involuntarily or  through  a
resignation  for good reason, within a  specified period (not to exceed eighteen
(18) months)  following such  a  hostile change  in control.  Options  currently
outstanding  under the Predecessor  Plan will accelerate  upon an acquisition of
the Company by merger or asset sale, unless those
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
options are assumed by the acquiring entity, but such options are not subject to
acceleration upon  the  termination  of  the  optionee's  service  following  an
acquisition in which those options are assumed or a hostile change in control of
the Company.
 
    Stock   appreciation   rights  are   authorized   for  issuance   under  the
Discretionary Option Grant Program which  provide the holders with the  election
to surrender their outstanding options for an appreciation distribution from the
Company equal to the excess of (i) the fair market value of the vested shares of
Common  Stock subject to the surrendered option over (ii) the aggregate exercise
price payable for  such shares. Such  appreciation distribution may  be made  in
cash  or in  shares of  Common Stock. There  are currently  no outstanding stock
appreciation rights under the Predecessor Plan.
 
    The Plan  Administrator has  the  authority to  effect the  cancellation  of
outstanding  options  under the  Discretionary  Option Grant  Program (including
options incorporated from the Predecessor Plan)  in return for the grant of  new
options for the same or different number of option shares with an exercise price
per  share based upon the fair market value of the Common Stock on the new grant
date.
 
    In the event the Plan Administrator elects to activate the Salary Investment
Option Grant Program for one or more calendar years, each executive officer  and
other  highly compensated employee of the Company selected for participation may
elect, prior to the start of the calendar year, to reduce his or her base salary
for that calendar year by  a specified dollar amount  not less than $10,000  nor
more  than $50,000. If such election is  approved by the Plan Administrator, the
officer will  be  granted, as  soon  as practical  following  the start  of  the
calendar year for which the salary reduction is to be in effect, a non-statutory
option  to purchase that number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing
the salary reduction amount by two-thirds of the fair market value per share  of
Common  Stock on the grant  date. The option will be  exercisable at a price per
share equal to one-third of  the fair market value of  the option shares on  the
grant  date. As a result, the  total spread on the option  shares at the time of
grant will be equal to the amount of salary invested in that option. The  option
will  vest  in a  series  of twelve  (12)  equal monthly  installments  over the
calendar year for which the salary reduction is in effect and will be subject to
full and immediate vesting upon certain  changes in the ownership or control  of
the Company.
 
   
    Under  the Automatic Option  Grant Program, each  individual who first joins
the Board after June  30, 1996 as  a non-employee Board  member will receive  an
option  grant  for 20,000  shares of  Common Stock  at  the time  of his  or her
commencement of Board service, provided  such individual has not otherwise  been
in  the prior  employ of  the Company.  In addition,  at each  annual meeting of
stockholders, beginning with the 1997 annual meeting, each individual who is  to
continue to serve as a non-employee Board member will receive an option grant to
purchase  6,000 shares of Common Stock, whether  or not such individual has been
in the prior  employ of the  Company and  whether or not  such individual  first
joined  the Board after June 30, 1996,  provided that such individual has served
as a non-employee Board member for at least six months.
    
 
    Each automatic grant will  have an exercise price  equal to the fair  market
value  per share of Common Stock on the  grant date and will have a maximum term
of 10 years, subject to  earlier termination following the optionee's  cessation
of  Board  service.  Each  automatic  option  will  be  immediately exercisable;
however, any shares  purchased upon exercise  of the option  will be subject  to
repurchase,  at the option exercise price  paid per share, should the optionee's
service as a  non-employee Board member  cease prior to  vesting in the  shares.
Each  automatic option  grant will  vest in  a series  of installments  over the
optionee's period of Board  service as follows: one-third  of the option  shares
upon  completion of one  year of Board  service, and the  balance in twenty-four
(24) successive equal  monthly installments  upon the  optionee's completion  of
each  additional month  of Board  service thereafter.  However, each outstanding
option will  immediately vest  upon  (i) certain  changes  in the  ownership  or
control  of the Company  or (ii) the  death or disability  of the optionee while
serving as a Board member.
 
    Should the Director  Fee Option Grant  Program be activated  in the  future,
each  non-employee Board  member would  have the opportunity  to apply  all or a
portion of the annual  retainer fee, if  any, otherwise payable  in cash to  the
acquisition of a below-market option grant. The option grant would automatically
be  made on the first trading day in  January in the year for which the retainer
fee would otherwise be payable in cash.  The option will have an exercise  price
per   share  equal  to  one-third  of  the  fair  market  value  of  the  option
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
shares on the grant date, and the number of shares subject to the option will be
determined by dividing the amount of the retainer fee applied to the program  by
two-thirds of the fair market value per share of Common Stock on the grant date.
As a result, the total spread on the option (the fair market value of the option
shares  on the grant  date less the  aggregate exercise price  payable for those
shares) will  be equal  to the  portion of  the retainer  fee invested  in  that
option.  The option will become exercisable for the option shares in a series of
installments over the optionee's period of Board service as follows: one half of
the option shares will become exercisable upon the optionee's completion of  six
(6) months of Board service during the calendar year of the option grant and the
balance will become exercisable in six (6) successive equal monthly installments
upon  his or her  completion of each  additional month of  Board service in such
calendar year. However, the option  will become immediately exercisable for  all
the  option  shares upon  certain changes  in  the ownership  or control  of the
Company.
 
    The Board may amend or modify the 1996 Plan at any time. The 1996 Plan  will
terminate on June 30, 2006, unless sooner terminated by the Board.
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    The  Company's  Employee  Stock  Purchase Plan  (the  ``Purchase  Plan") was
adopted by  the  Board  of Directors  on  July  12, 1996  and  approved  by  the
stockholders  in August  1996. The Purchase  Plan is designed  to allow eligible
employees of the Company  and participating subsidiaries  to purchase shares  of
Common   Stock,  at  semi-annual  intervals,   through  their  periodic  payroll
deductions under the Purchase Plan, and a reserve of 1,500,000 shares of  Common
Stock has been established for this purpose.
 
    The  Purchase Plan  will be implemented  in a series  of successive offering
periods, each with a maximum duration of 24 months. The initial offering  period
began on October 1, 1996 and will end on the last business day in July 1998.
 
    All   individuals  employed  by  the  Company  (or  any  current  or  future
participating subsidiary) will be eligible  to participate in the Purchase  Plan
if they are regularly scheduled to work more than twenty (20) hours per week for
more than five (5) calendar months per year.
 
    Individuals  who are  eligible employees on  the start date  of any offering
period may enter  the Purchase  Plan on  that start  date or  on any  subsequent
semi-annual  entry  date (February  1 or  August 1  each year).  Individuals who
become eligible employees after the start  date of the offering period may  join
the Purchase Plan on any subsequent semi-annual entry date within that period.
 
    Payroll  deductions may not exceed 10%  of the participant's base salary for
each semi-annual period of participation, and the accumulated payroll deductions
will be applied to the  purchase of shares on  the participant's behalf on  each
semi-annual purchase date (January 31 and July 31 each year, with the first such
purchase  date to occur on  January 31, 1997) at a  purchase price per share not
less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the LOWER of (i) the fair market value of
the Common Stock  on the participant's  entry date into  the offering period  or
(ii)  the  fair market  value on  the  semi-annual purchase  date. In  no event,
however, may  any  participant  purchase  more than  1,500  shares  on  any  one
semi-annual  purchase date. Should the fair market  value of the Common Stock on
any semi-annual purchase date be less than  the fair market value of the  Common
Stock  on the first day of the offering period, then the current offering period
will automatically end, and  a new twenty-four  (24)-month offering period  will
begin, based on the lower fair market value.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The  Board of  Directors established a  Compensation Committee  in May 1994.
During the last fiscal year, Messrs. Higgerson and Jackman served as members  of
the  Compensation Committee. Neither of these individuals has served at any time
as an officer  or employee of  the Company.  Prior to the  establishment of  the
Compensation  Committee, all  decisions relating to  executive compensation were
made by the Company's Board of Directors. For a description of the  transactions
between  the  Company and  members of  the  Compensation Committee  and entities
affiliated with such members, see  "Certain Transactions." No executive  officer
of  the Company  serves as a  member of  the board of  directors or compensation
committee of any entity which  has one or more  executive officers serving as  a
member of the Company's Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    Since  its inception, the Company has  issued and sold, in private placement
transactions, shares of Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase Common Stock to
the Company's executive officers, directors and/or greater than 5%  stockholders
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         COMMON      COMMON      COMMON      COMMON
                                                       EQUIVALENT  EQUIVALENT  EQUIVALENT  EQUIVALENT
                                                       SHARES OF   SHARES OF   SHARES OF   SHARES OF
                                                        SERIES A    SERIES B    SERIES C    SERIES D       COMMON
                                                       PREFERRED   PREFERRED   PREFERRED   PREFERRED        STOCK
INVESTOR (1)                                           STOCK (2)   STOCK (3)   STOCK (4)   STOCK (5)      WARRANTS
- -----------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ---------------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
B.J. Cassin..........................................   1,285,458     175,029     109,656      --          339,908(6)
Coral Partners II....................................      43,862       6,838   1,353,462     208,487    1,234,280(7)
Donald Green.........................................     681,552      --          --          --          294,044(8)
Harris Corporation...................................      --          --         877,248      87,725      800,000(9)
Dan E. Steimle.......................................      --          --           5,483      --            5,000(10)
St. Paul Venture Capital, Inc........................   1,485,720     231,602     439,655     263,174      831,880(11)
Tellabs, Inc. (12)...................................      --       1,141,322      13,176   1,403,597    1,352,836(13)
Vanguard IV, L.P. (14)...............................   1,485,720     231,602     351,956      87,725      779,464(15)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 (1)  Shares held by  all affiliated persons and  entities have been aggregated.
    See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" for  more detail on shares held  by
    these purchasers.
 
 (2) Shares of Series A Preferred Stock were issued in January and April 1993 at
    an effective common equivalent per share price of $0.45597.
 
 (3)  Shares  of Series  B Preferred  Stock were  issued in  October 1993  at an
    effective common equivalent per share price of $2.27985.
 
 (4) Shares of Series C Preferred Stock were issued in March and May 1994 at  an
    effective common equivalent per share price of $2.27985.
 
 (5)  Shares  of Series  D Preferred  Stock were  issued in  October 1994  at an
    effective common equivalent per share price of $2.84982.
 
 (6) 80,292 of these Common Stock  Warrants were exercised in February 1995,  at
    the  following  exercise prices:  6,472 at  $0.025 per  share and  73,820 at
    $0.125 per share. The remaining 259,616  warrants have an exercise price  of
    $1.165 per share.
 
 (7)  An aggregate of 1,207,327 shares of Common Stock were issued upon exercise
    of these  Common Stock  Warrants in  October 1996  at an  exercise price  of
    $1.165 per share.
 
 (8)  These Common Stock Warrants have the following exercise prices: 255,316 at
    $0.025 per share and 38,728 at $0.125 per share.
 
 (9) These Common Stock Warrants have an exercise price of $1.165 per share.
 
(10) These Common  Stock Warrants  were exercised in  July 1995  at an  exercise
    price of $1.165 per share.
 
(11)  These Common Stock  Warrants have the following  exercise prices: 6,472 at
    $0.025 per share, 63,260 at $0.125 per share, 150,000 at $0.25 per share and
    612,148 at $1.165 per share.
 
(12) Brian Jackman, an affiliate of Tellabs, is a director of the Company.
 
(13) 1,042,836 of these Common Stock Warrants  were exercised in May 1995 at  an
    exercise  price of $1.165 per share. The remaining 310,000 warrants have the
    following exercise prices: 300,000 at $0.25  per share and 10,000 at  $1.165
    per share.
 
(14)  Clifford H.  Higgerson, an  affiliate of  Vanguard, is  a director  of the
    Company.
 
(15) An aggregate of 767,463 shares of Common Stock were issued upon exercise of
    these Common  Stock  Warrants in  October  1996 at  the  following  exercise
    prices:  6,469 at $0.025 per  share, 70,666 at $0.125  per share, 149,347 at
    $0.25 per share and 540,981 at $1.165 per share.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
    The foregoing table  has been  adjusted to  reflect the  conversion of  each
outstanding  share of Series A, Series B,  Series C and Series D Preferred Stock
of the Company into 1.09656 shares of Common Stock in October 1996. Each  holder
of  such shares  of Common  Stock issued upon  conversion of  Preferred Stock is
entitled to certain registration rights.  See ``Description of Capital Stock  --
Registration Rights."
 
    In  connection with  the issuance and  sale of Preferred  Stock, the Company
entered into an indemnity  agreement with its  Preferred Stock investors  (other
than investors of Series F Preferred Stock) pursuant to which the Company agreed
to indemnify such investors from the financial dilution they may experience as a
result  of  the  costs  and  potential liabilities  of  the  Company  arising in
connection with the  DSC litigation. In  connection with the  settlement of  the
litigation  with DSC, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Indemnity
Agreement (the "Amended Indemnity Agreement")  with such investors. Pursuant  to
the  Amended Indemnity Agreement,  the indemnification was  limited to the costs
and expenses  of the  litigation  and was  effected  by amending  the  Company's
Articles of Incorporation in August 1996 to adjust the rate at which each series
of Preferred Stock (other than Series F) converts into Common Stock. The rate at
which  each share of Series  A, Series B, Series C  and Series D Preferred Stock
was adjusted so that each of such shares converted into 1.09656 shares of Common
Stock and each share of Series  E Preferred Stock converted into 1.02529  shares
of  Common Stock.  Such conversion  into Common  Stock automatically  occured in
October 1996. Upon amendment  of the Articles of  Incorporation in August  1996,
the  Amended Indemnity Agreement  was terminated and  no further indemnification
obligation remains. See Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
    In October 1995, the Company loaned to Carl Grivner, the President and Chief
Operating Officer  of  the  Company,  the  sum of  $100,000  to  assist  him  in
relocating to Northern California. Such loan bears interest at the rate of 6.37%
per  annum, with accrued  interest due and  payable annually on  July 19 of each
year, and  the  principal  of such  loan  is  due and  payable  in  three  equal
installments  on July  19 of 1996,  1997 and  1998. In August  1996, the Company
forgave one-third of the principal balance and interest accrued through July 19,
1996. As of December 31, 1996, two-thirds of the principal balance of this  loan
remained outstanding.
 
    In  May 1995, the  Company issued an  aggregate of 563,600  shares of Common
Stock at $0.3125  per share to  certain key employees  pursuant to  compensation
agreements approved by the Company's Board of Directors. In connection with such
issuance,  each such employee paid for the restricted stock by issuing a secured
note payable to the Company. The Company has the right to repurchase such  stock
at  the  original purchase  price per  share upon  the purchaser's  cessation of
service prior  to vesting  in  such shares.  The  repurchase right  lapses  with
respect  to the shares, and each purchaser  vests in his shares, as follows: 20%
of the shares upon completion of one  year of service measured from the date  of
issuance,  and the balance of the shares in a series of equal successive monthly
installments upon the purchaser's  completion of each of  the next 48 months  of
service  thereafter. Such stock is also subject  to the Company's right of first
refusal, which is  exercisable in  the event the  purchaser decides  to sell  or
otherwise  transfer  any of  the shares  purchased prior  to the  initial public
offering of Common Stock. Donald  Green, the Company's Chief Executive  Officer,
purchased  167,200  shares of  Common Stock  and  issued a  note payable  to the
Company in the amount  of $52,250. The  note is secured  by shares of  Preferred
Stock owned by Mr. Green. Such note bears interest at the rate of 6.5% per annum
with  the entire  principal balance  of the note,  together with  all accrued or
unpaid interest, due and payable on December 13, 2000.
 
    AFC and Harris, a stockholder of  the Company, entered into an agreement  in
1995  to form  a joint  venture to manufacture,  distribute and  support the UMC
system in India. The  joint venture includes formation  of a holding company  in
Mauritius,  owned 51% by AFC and 49% by  Harris, which in turn intends to form a
joint venture in India with local  Indian partners following receipt of  certain
government  approvals. To  date, the  parties have  identified and  selected two
Indian companies that  will collectively  own 34% of  the Indian  venture to  be
located in Delhi. See "Business -- Markets and Customers."
 
    AFC  and  Tellabs, a  stockholder  of the  Company,  entered into  a general
partnership in 1994 to design, develop, manufacture and distribute a new product
line derived from the UMC system. AFC contributed a non-exclusive license to use
the UMC technology,  Tellabs contributed  cash to  the joint  venture, and  each
received  defined marketing rights for the developed technology. On December 23,
1996 the Company and
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
the  joint  venture  partner  entered   into  an  agreement  to  terminate   the
partnership.  In  connection with  the  dissolution, the  joint  venture partner
reimbursed the Company $1,683,000 for all loans and advances made by the Company
to date. In addition, the Company and  the joint venture partner entered into  a
License  and Marketing  Agreement and  an OEM  Agreement. Under  the License and
Marketing Agreement, the Company granted to the joint venture partner a  license
to  use the UMC technology in  the development, manufacture, and distribution of
coaxial systems  for specified  markets.  In return,  the Company  will  receive
royalties  from the sale of  these systems. Under the  OEM Agreement the Company
agreed to  manufacture the  UMC  products for  the  joint venture  partner.  See
"Business -- Markets and Customers."
 
    The  Company has granted  options to certain of  its directors and executive
officers. See  ``Management  --  Executive  Compensation"  and  ``Principal  and
Selling Stockholders."
 
    The  Company believes that all of the transactions set forth above were made
on terms no less  favorable to the  Company than could  have been obtained  from
unaffiliated  third parties. The  Company intends that  all future transactions,
including loans,  between the  Company and  its officers,  directors,  principal
stockholders  and their  affiliates be  approved by a  majority of  the Board of
Directors, including a  majority of  the independent  and disinterested  outside
directors  on the Board of  Directors, and be on terms  no less favorable to the
Company than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the  beneficial
ownership  of the Company's Common Stock as of December 31, 1996 and as adjusted
to reflect the sale of shares of Common Stock offered hereby by (i) each  person
(or group of affiliated persons) who is known by the Company to own beneficially
more  than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock of the Company, (ii)
each executive officer of the Company, (iii) each director of the Company,  (iv)
all  directors and  executive officers of  the Company  as a group  and (v) each
Selling Stockholder.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                             OWNED PRIOR TO                        SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                              OFFERING (1)          NUMBER OF     OWNED AFTER OFFERING
                                                        -------------------------  SHARES BEING  -----------------------
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNERS                                  NUMBER       PERCENT    OFFERED (2)     NUMBER      PERCENT
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  ------------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
Tellabs, Inc. (3) ....................................     3,889,966       11.8%       735,492    3,154,474        9.4%
 4951 Indiana Avenue
 Lisle, IL 60532
Coral Partners II (4) ................................     3,308,665       10.1         --        3,308,665       10.0
 60 South Sixth Street, Suite 3510
 Minneapolis, MN 55402
St. Paul Venture Capital, Inc. (5) ...................     3,252,031        9.7        614,874    2,637,157        7.8
 8500 Normandale Lake Blvd., Suite 1940
 Bloomington, MN 55437
Vanguard IV, L.P. ....................................     2,946,397        9.0        250,000    2,696,397        8.1
 525 University Avenue
 Palo Alto, CA 94301
Harris Corporation (6) ...............................     1,764,973        5.3        300,000    1,464,973        4.4
 DTS Division
 300 Bel Marin Keys Blvd.
 Novato, CA 94944-1188
B.J. Cassin (7).......................................     1,342,915        4.1         50,000    1,292,915        3.9
Donald Green (8)......................................     1,820,101        5.5         --        1,820,101        5.4
Carl J. Grivner (9)...................................       216,000          *         --          216,000       *
Clifford H. Higgerson (10)............................     2,946,397        9.0        250,000    2,696,397        8.1
Brian Jackman (11)....................................     3,910,932       11.9        735,492    3,175,440        9.5
Dan Rasdal (12).......................................        63,000          *         --           63,000       *
Karen Godfrey (13)....................................       101,586          *         --          101,586       *
Glenn Lillich (14)....................................       268,000          *         --          268,000       *
Dan E. Steimle (15)...................................       255,407          *         --          255,407       *
All executive officers and directors as a group (9
 persons) (16)........................................    10,924,338       31.9      1,035,492    9,888,846       28.5
Norwest Equity Partners V.............................     1,004,021        3.1        189,834      814,187        2.5
Henri Sulzer (17).....................................       872,185        2.7         11,644      860,541        2.6
Japan Associated Finance Co., Ltd. (18)...............       732,348        2.2        100,000      632,348        1.9
DSC Communications Corporation........................       725,787        2.2        137,228      588,559        1.8
Estate of Chris McGill (19)...........................        48,772          *          3,000       45,772       *
John P. Kern and Jeanette E. Kern, TTEES
 John P. Kern and Jeanette E. Kern Living Trust U/A
 DTD 02/21/91 (20)....................................        41,931          *          7,928       34,003       *
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 *  Less than 1%.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
 (1) Beneficial ownership  is determined  in accordance  with the  rules of  the
    Securities   and  Exchange  Commission  and  generally  includes  voting  or
    investment power with respect to securities. Shares of Common Stock  subject
    to  options and warrants currently exercisable  within 60 days are deemed to
    be outstanding  for computing  the  percentage of  the person  holding  such
    options  or  warrants  but  are not  deemed  outstanding  for  computing the
    percentage of any other person. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject
    to community property laws where applicable, the persons named in the  table
    have  sole voting and investment power with  respect to all shares of Common
    Stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
 
 (2) Assumes  (i)  the issuance  of  307,928 shares  of  Common Stock  upon  the
    anticipated exercise of warrants by certain Selling Stockholders and (ii) no
    exercise  of the Underwriters' over-allotment  option. If the over-allotment
    option  is  exercised  in  full,  certain  Selling  Stockholders  will  sell
    additional  shares,  as follows:  Tellabs,  Inc. (56,608  shares);  St. Paul
    Venture Capital, Inc.  (258,554 shares); Norwest  Equity Partners V  (10,166
    shares); Henri Sulzer (4,896 shares); DSC Communications Corporation (57,704
    shares)  and  John P.  Kern and  Jeanette E.  Kern, TTEES  John P.  Kern and
    Jeanette E. Kern Living Trust U/A DTD 02/21/91 (2,072 shares).
 
 (3) Includes 300,000 shares which may be acquired upon exercise of a warrant.
 
 (4) Includes 4,150 shares held by Yuval  Almog and 5,263 shares held in an  IRA
    by  Dain Bosworth, Inc. as a custodian  for the benefit of Yuval Almog. Also
    includes 4,150 shares held by Peter McNerney. Messrs. Almog and McNerney are
    two of the general  partners of Coral Management  Partners II, which is  the
    general partner of Coral Partners II, and may be deemed to be the beneficial
    owners  of  such  shares. Mr.  Almog  and Mr.  McNerney  disclaim beneficial
    ownership of such shares.
 
 (5) St. Paul Venture  Capital, Inc. is  a wholly owned  subsidiary of St.  Paul
    Fire  and Marine Insurance Company, which is the record owner of the shares.
    Includes 831,880 shares which may be acquired upon exercise of warrants.
 
 (6) Includes 800,000 shares which may  be acquired upon exercise of a  warrant,
    of which 300,000 shares are expected to be exercised in connection with this
    offering.
 
   
 (7)  Includes 255,433  shares held  by Mr. Cassin  as a  conservator for Robert
    Cassin, 43,380 of which shares may  be acquired upon exercise of a  warrant,
    100,000  shares held  in trust by  The Cassin Foundation  and 100,000 shares
    held in trust by  the Cassin 1997 Charitable  Trust UTA dated 01/28/97.  The
    remaining  shares are  held in  trust by B.J.  Cassin and  Isabel B. Cassin,
    Trustees of the Cassin  Family Trust U/D/T, dated  January 31, 1996. Of  the
    50,000  shares shown in  this table as  being offered by  Mr. Cassin, 25,000
    shares are being  offered by each  of The Cassin  Foundation and the  Cassin
    1997 Charitable Trust UTA dated 01/28/97.
    
 
 (8)  Includes  289,902 shares  issuable upon  exercise of  options held  by Mr.
    Green, 127,467 of which shares  will be vested as  of 60 days from  December
    31,  1996. Also includes 294,044  shares which may be  acquired by Mr. Green
    upon exercise  of  warrants.  Excludes  shares held  by  Mr.  Green's  adult
    children.
 
 (9)  Includes  165,334 shares  issuable upon  exercise of  options held  by Mr.
    Grivner, 19,467 of which shares will be  vested as of 60 days from  December
    31, 1996.
 
(10)  Includes 2,946,397  shares held  by Vanguard IV,  L.P. Mr.  Higgerson is a
    general partner of  Vanguard Venture  Partners, L.P., which  is the  general
    partner of Vanguard IV, L.P. and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of
    such  shares owned by  Vanguard IV, L.P.  Mr. Higgerson disclaims beneficial
    ownership of such shares.
 
(11) Includes 3,889,966 shares  held by Tellabs, Inc.,  300,000 of which  shares
    may  be acquired upon  exercise of a  warrant. Mr. Jackman  is the Executive
    Vice President of  Tellabs, Inc.  and the President  of Tellabs  Operations,
    Inc.  and may be deemed  to be the beneficial owner  of such shares owned by
    Tellabs. Mr. Jackman  disclaims beneficial  ownership of  such shares.  Also
    includes 10,000 shares which may be acquired by Mr. Jackman upon exercise of
    a warrant.
 
(12)  Includes  63,000 shares  issuable  upon exercise  of  options held  by Mr.
    Rasdal, 38,400 of which shares  will be vested as  of 60 days from  December
    31, 1996.
 
(13)  Includes  75,200 shares  issuable  upon exercise  of  options held  by Ms.
    Godfrey, 40,813 of which shares will be  vested as of 60 days from  December
    31, 1996.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
(14)  Includes  248,000 shares  issuable upon  exercise of  options held  by Mr.
    Lillich, 168,800 of which shares will be vested as of 60 days from  December
    31, 1996. Also includes 20,000 shares which may be acquired upon exercise of
    a warrant.
 
(15)  Includes 58,667 shares  subject to a  right of repurchase  by the Company.
    Includes 52,000  shares  issuable  upon  exercise of  options  held  by  Mr.
    Steimle,  20,113 of which shares will be  vested as of 60 days from December
    31, 1996; 4,800 shares held in an IRA  by Alex. Brown & Sons as a  custodian
    for  the benefit of  Mr. Steimle; and 4,000  shares held in  an IRA by Alex.
    Brown & Sons as a custodian for the benefit of Jessica Steimle.
 
(16) Includes 58,667  shares subject to  a right of  repurchase by the  Company.
    Includes  893,436 shares issuable upon exercise of options, 415,080 of which
    shares will be  vested as of  60 days  from December 31,  1996, and  667,424
    shares which may be acquired upon exercise of warrants.
 
(17)  Includes  130,600 shares  issuable upon  exercise of  options held  by Mr.
    Sulzer, 107,486 of which shares will be  vested as of 60 days from  December
    31, 1996.
 
(18)  Represents shares  held by  the following  entities affiliated  with Japan
    Associated Finance Co.,  Ltd.: Japan  Associated Finance  Co., Ltd.  (29,295
    shares),  JAFCO  R-1(A) Investment  Enterprise Partnership  (28,302 shares).
    JAFCO R-1(B) Investment  Enterprise Partnership (28,302  shares), JAFCO  G-5
    Investment  Enterprise  Partnership  (60,570  shares)  and  U.S. Information
    Technology Investment Enterprise Partnership (585,879 shares). Of the 28,500
    shares to be  sold in  this offering,  4,000 shares  will be  sold by  Japan
    Associated  Finance Co.,  Ltd., 3,865  shares will  be sold  by JAFCO R-1(A)
    Investment Enterprise Partnership, 3,865 shares will be sold by JAFCO R-1(B)
    Investment Enterprise Partnership, 8,270  shares will be  sold by JAFCO  G-5
    Investment   Enterprise  Partnership  and  80,000   will  be  sold  by  U.S.
    Information Technology Investment Enterprise Partnership.
 
(19) Includes 8,000 shares which may be acquired upon exercise of a warrant.
 
(20) Includes 20,000 shares which may be acquired upon exercise of a warrant, of
    which 7,928 shares  are expected  to be  exercised in  connection with  this
    offering.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The  authorized capital stock of the  Company consists of 100,000,000 shares
of Common  Stock, par  value $0.01  per share,  and 5,000,000  shares  Preferred
Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    As  of  December 31,  1996,  there were  32,649,607  shares of  Common Stock
outstanding, held  of  record by  211  stockholders. There  will  be  33,157,535
shares,  of Common  Stock outstanding  after giving  effect to  the sale  of the
shares of Common  Stock offered hereby  after giving effect  to the exercise  of
warrants  to  purchase  307,928  shares in  connection  with  this  offering and
assuming no exercise  after December  31, 1996  of any  other outstanding  stock
options  and warrants.  Subject to  the rights of  the holders  of any Preferred
Stock which may be  outstanding, each holder of  Common Stock on the  applicable
record  date is  entitled to receive  such dividends  as may be  declared by the
Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor, and, in the event of
liquidation, to share pro rata in any distribution of the Company's assets after
payment or  providing  for  the  payment  of  liabilities  and  the  liquidation
preference  of any outstanding  Preferred Stock. Each holder  of Common Stock is
entitled to one vote for each share held of record on the applicable record date
on all matters presented  to a vote of  stockholders, including the election  of
directors.  Holders of  Common Stock  have no  preemptive rights  to purchase or
subscribe for any stock or other securities, and there are no conversion  rights
or  redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such Common Stock. All
outstanding shares of Common Stock are,  and the shares of Common Stock  offered
hereby will be when issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Board of  Directors is  authorized, without  further vote  or action by
holders of Common Stock, to issue 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one  or
more  series and to designate the rights, preferences, limitations, restrictions
of and upon shares of each  series, including voting, redemption and  conversion
rights.   The  Board  of  Directors  may  also  designate  dividend  rights  and
preferences in  liquidation. It  is not  possible  to state  the effect  of  the
authorization  and issuance of any series of  Preferred Stock upon the rights of
holders of Common  Stock until the  Board of Directors  determines the  specific
terms, rights and preferences of such a series of Preferred Stock. However, such
effects  might include, among other things,  restricting dividends on the Common
Stock,  diluting  the  voting  power  of  the  Common  Stock  or  impairing  the
liquidation  rights of such  shares without further action  by holders of Common
Stock. In addition, under certain circumstances, the issuance of Preferred Stock
may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or  proxy
contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of the Company's
securities  or the removal of incumbent  management, which could thereby depress
the market price of the Company's Common Stock.
 
WARRANTS
 
    As of December 31, 1996, after giving effect to the exercise of warrants  to
purchase  307,928  shares  in connection  with  this offering,  the  Company had
outstanding warrants  to purchase  an aggregate  of 2,265,848  shares of  Common
Stock  with the following per share  exercise prices: 446,592 at $0.025; 101,988
at $0.125; 450,000  at $0.25; 1,237,200  at $1.165; and  30,068 at $7.00.  These
warrants  contain net  exercise provisions and  expire at  various dates between
January 1, 1998 and September 30, 2000. See ``Certain Transactions."
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
    DELAWARE LAW
 
    Section 203  (``Section  203")  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law
(``DGCL") is applicable to corporate takeovers of Delaware corporations. Subject
to certain exceptions set forth therein, Section 203 provides that a corporation
shall  not engage in any business combination with any ``interested stockholder"
for a three-year  period following  the date  that such  stockholder becomes  an
interested  stockholder unless (a) prior to such date, the board of directors of
the corporation  approved either  the business  combination or  the  transaction
which  resulted in the stockholder becoming  an interested stockholder, (b) upon
consummation of the transaction  which resulted in  the stockholder becoming  an
interested  stockholder, the  interested stockholder owned  at least  85% of the
voting stock  of  the  corporation  outstanding  at  the  time  the  transaction
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
commenced  (excluding certain shares) or (c) on  or subsequent to such date, the
business combination is approved  by the board of  directors of the  corporation
and  by the affirmative votes  of at least two-thirds  of the outstanding voting
stock which is not owned by  the interested stockholder. Except as specified  in
Section  203,  an interested  stockholder is  generally  defined to  include any
person that is the owner of 15% or  more of the outstanding voting stock of  the
corporation,  or is  an affiliate  or associate of  the corporation  and was the
owner of 15% or more of the  outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or  is
an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of
the  outstanding voting  stock of  the corporation  any time  within three years
immediately prior to  the relevant date,  and the affiliates  and associates  of
such  person. Under certain  circumstances, Section 203  makes it more difficult
for an interested  stockholder to  effect various business  combinations with  a
corporation  for a three-year period, although the stockholders may, by adopting
an amendment to the corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws,  elect
not  to be  governed by  this section, effective  12 months  after adoption. The
Company's certificate of incorporation and the bylaws do not exclude the Company
from the restrictions  imposed under  Section 203.  It is  anticipated that  the
provisions  of Section 203  may encourage companies  interested in acquiring the
Company to negotiate in advance with the Board of Directors of the Company since
the stockholder  approval requirement  would be  avoided if  a majority  of  the
directors  then  in  office  approve  either  the  business  combination  or the
transaction  which   resulted  in   the  stockholder   becoming  an   interested
stockholder. These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers
or  delaying changes in control  of the Company, which  could depress the market
price  of  the  Common  Stock  and  which  could  deprive  the  stockholders  of
opportunities to realize a premium on shares of the Common Stock held by them.
 
    CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS
 
    The  Company's  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  contain certain
provisions that  could  discourage potential  takeover  attempts and  make  more
difficult  attempts  by stockholders  to change  management. The  certificate of
incorporation and the  bylaws provide for  a classified Board  of Directors  and
permit the Board to create new directorships and to elect new directors to serve
for  the full term  of the class of  director in which  the new directorship was
created. The terms of the directors are staggered to provide for the election of
approximately one- third  of the  Board members  each year,  with each  director
serving a three-year term. The Board (or its remaining members, even though less
than  a quorum) is also  empowered to fill vacancies  on the Board occurring for
any reason for the remainder of the term of the class of directors in which  the
vacancy  occurred. Stockholders may  remove a director or  the entire Board, and
such removal requires  the affirmative vote  of two- thirds  of the  outstanding
voting   stock.  The  Company's  certificate   of  incorporation  provides  that
stockholders may not take action by written consent but only at a  stockholders'
meeting,  and that special meetings of the  stockholders of the Company may only
be called by the Chairman of the Board or a majority of the Board.
 
    The Company's certificate of incorporation provides that, in addition to the
requirements of  the  DGCL,  any  ``Business Combination"  (as  defined  in  the
certificate of incorporation) requires the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the
votes  entitled to  be cast  by the  holders of  the Company's  then outstanding
capital stock, voting together  as a class, unless  two-thirds of the  directors
(excluding  certain directors affiliated with persons interested in the Business
Combination) approve the proposed transaction.
 
    A ``Business  Combination,"  as  defined in  the  Company's  certificate  of
incorporation,  includes (i) a merger or consolidation  of the Company or any of
its  subsidiaries  with  an  ``Interested   Stockholder"  (as  defined  in   the
certificate  of incorporation) or any other  corporation which is, or after such
transaction would be, an ``Affiliate" or ``Associate" (as such terms are defined
in the Securities Exchange Act of  1934) of an Interested Stockholder; (ii)  any
sale,  lease, exchange,  mortgage, pledge, transfer  or other  disposition to or
with, or  proposed  by  or on  behalf  of,  any Interested  Stockholder  or  any
Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Stockholder involving any assets of the
Company  or any  subsidiary that  constitute five percent  or more  of the total
assets of the  Company; (iii) the  issuance or  transfer by the  Company or  any
subsidiary of any securities of the Company or any subsidiary to, or proposed by
on  behalf of,  an Interested  Stockholder or any  Affiliate or  Associate of an
Interested Stockholder in exchange for  cash, securities or other property  that
constitute  five percent or  more of the  total assets of  the Company; (iv) the
adoption of  any plan  or proposal  for the  liquidation or  dissolution of  the
Company   or  any  spin-off  or   split-up  of  any  kind   of  the  Company  or
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
any subsidiary, proposed  by or on  behalf of an  Interested Stockholder or  any
Affiliate   or   Associate   of   an   Interested   Stockholder;   or   (v)  any
reclassification, recapitalization, or  merger or consolidation  of the  Company
with  any of  its subsidiaries  or any  other transaction  that has  the effect,
directly or indirectly, of  increasing the proportionate share  of any class  or
series  of  capital stock  of the  Company or  any of  its subsidiaries  that is
beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of
any Interested Stockholder.
 
    The  Company's  certificate   of  incorporation   defines  an   ``Interested
Stockholder"  as (i)  an individual, corporation  or other  entity (a ``person")
which is or was at any time within the two-year period preceding the date of the
transaction in question, the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the  outstanding
voting  securities of the Company; (ii) an Associate or Affiliate of the Company
who within the two-year period preceding the date of the transaction in question
was the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting securities  of
the  Company; or (iii)  under certain circumstances,  an assignee of  any of the
foregoing persons. A person is a ``beneficial owner" of any stock of the Company
(a) which such person or any of its Affiliates and Associates beneficially owns,
directly or  indirectly; (b)  which such  person  or any  of its  Affiliates  or
Associates  has, directly or indirectly, (i)  the right to acquire (whether such
right is  exercisable immediately  or  subject only  to  the passage  of  time),
pursuant  to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of
conversion rights, exchange warrants or options, or otherwise, or (ii) the right
to vote pursuant to  any agreement, arrangement or  understanding; or (c)  which
are  beneficially owned, directly or indirectly,  by any other person with which
such  person  or  any  of  its  Affiliates  or  Associates  has  any  agreement,
arrangement  or understanding for  the purpose of  acquiring, holding, voting or
disposing of any shares of capital stock.
 
    The foregoing provisions of the  certificate of incorporation and bylaws  of
the Company may deter any potential unfriendly offers or other efforts to obtain
control of the Company that are not approved by the Board of Directors and could
thereby  deprive the stockholders of opportunities to realize a premium on their
Common Stock and could  make removal of incumbent  directors more difficult.  At
the  same time,  these provisions  may have the  effect of  inducing any persons
seeking control of  the Company or  a business combination  with the Company  to
negotiate  terms acceptable  to the Board  of Directors. Such  provisions of the
Company's certificate of incorporation and bylaws can be changed or amended only
by the affirmative vote of the holders  of at least two-thirds of the  Company's
then outstanding voting stock.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Following  this offering, the holders  of approximately 19,368,927 shares of
Common Stock outstanding or issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants  (the
``Holders")  will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration
of such shares under the Securities Act. Under the terms of an agreement between
the Company and  the Holders, if  the Company  proposes to register  any of  its
securities  under the Securities Act, the Holders are entitled to notice of such
registration and are entitled  to include shares of  such Common Stock  therein;
provided, among other conditions, that the underwriters of any offering have the
right  to limit  the number  of such  shares included  in such  registration. In
addition, upon the request  of the Holders  of at least  50% of the  registrable
securities  at  any time  after January  1,  1997, the  Holders may  require the
Company on not more than one occasion to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act with respect to such shares,  and the Company is required to  use
its  best efforts to effect such registration, subject to certain conditions and
limitations. The Holders may require the Company to register all or a portion of
their shares  with  registration rights  on  Form  S-3 when  such  form  becomes
available  to the Company, on not more  than three occasions, subject to certain
conditions  and  limitations.  If  the  Holders,  by  exercising  their   demand
registration  rights, cause  a large number  of securities to  be registered and
sold in the public market, such sales could have an adverse effect on the market
price for the Company's Common Stock.  Moreover, if the Company were to  include
in  a  Company initiated  registration shares  held by  the Holders  pursuant to
exercise of their piggyback registration rights, such sales may have an  adverse
effect on the Company's ability to raise additional capital.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The  transfer agent and registrar of the  Common Stock is The First National
Bank of Boston.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Sales of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock in the public market
following  this  offering  could  adversely  affect  the  market  price  for the
Company's Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock available for  sale
in  the public market is limited by restrictions under the Securities Act and by
the following lock-up agreements: (i)  in connection with the Company's  initial
public  offering,  the Company's  officers,  directors and  certain stockholders
agreed (the "IPO Lock-Up Agreement") not to sell or otherwise dispose of any  of
their  shares for 180  days following the  date of the  Company's initial public
offering without the  prior consent of  Morgan Stanley &  Co. Incorporated;  and
(ii)  in  connection  with  this  offering,  the  Company's  executive officers,
directors and the Selling Stockholders have entered into agreements with  Morgan
Stanley  &  Co. Incorporated  (the "Follow-On  Lock-Up Agreements")  pursuant to
which such holders  agreed not  to sell  or otherwise  dispose of  any of  their
shares  for 90 days following completion of  this offering. Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated may,  however, in  its  sole discretion  at  any time  and  without
notice,  release  all  or  any  portion of  the  securities  subject  to Lock-Up
Agreements. Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have  outstanding
33,157,535  shares of Common Stock. Of these shares: 7,793,750 shares (including
the 5,175,000  shares sold  in the  Company's initial  public offering  and  the
2,600,000  shares sold in  this offering) will be  available for immediate sale;
10,547,936 shares  will  become  eligible  for  sale  on  March  30,  1997  upon
expiration  of  the IPO  Lock-Up Agreements  pursuant  to Rule  701 or  Rule 144
(subject in certain cases to the volume limitations of Rule 144); 13,346  shares
will  become eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 (subject in certain cases to
the applicable Rule 144 volume limitations)  at various dates between March  30,
1997 and the expiration date of the Follow-On Lock-Up Agreements upon expiration
of  the  applicable  Rule 144  holding  periods; 11,499,943  shares  will become
eligible for sale 90 days after the completion of this offering upon  expiration
of the Follow-On Lock-Up Agreements pursuant to Rule 701 or Rule 144 (subject in
certain  cases  to  the  volume  limitations of  Rule  144);  and  the remaining
3,302,560 shares will become eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 (subject  in
certain  cases to the  applicable Rule 144 volume  limitations) at various dates
following expiration of the Follow-On Lock-Up Agreements.
 
    In general, under  Rule 144  as currently in  effect, a  person (or  persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at
least  two years  (including the  holding period  of any  prior owner  except an
affiliate) would be entitled to sell  within any three-month period a number  of
shares  that does not  exceed the greater of:  (i) one percent  of the number of
shares  of  Common   Stock  then  outstanding   (approximately  330,000   shares
immediately  after this offering); of (ii)  the average weekly trading volume of
the Common stock during the four calendar  weeks preceding the filing of a  Form
144  with respect to such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain
manner of sale  provisions and notice  requirements and to  the availability  of
current public information about the Company. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is
not  deemed to have been an  affiliate of the Company at  any time during the 90
days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to  be
sold  for at least three years (including  the holding period of any prior owner
except an affiliate), is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the
manner of sale, public  information, volume limitation  or notice provisions  of
Rule 144.
 
    Subject  to  certain  limitations  on  the  aggregate  offering  price  of a
transaction and other conditions,  Rule 701 may be  relied upon with respect  to
the resale of securities originally purchased from the Company by its employees,
directors,  officers,  consultants  or advisers  prior  to the  closing  of this
offering, pursuant to  written compensatory benefit  plans or written  contracts
relating  to the compensation  of such persons. In  addition, the Securities and
Exchange Commission has  indicated that  Rule 701  will apply  to stock  options
granted by the Company before this offering, along with the shares acquired upon
exercise  of such options. Securities issued in  reliance on Rule 701 are deemed
to be Restricted Shares and, beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus
(unless subject to the contractual restrictions described above), may be sold by
persons other than affiliates subject only  to the manner of sale provisions  of
Rule  144 and by affiliates under Rule  144 without compliance with its two-year
minimum holding period requirements.
 
    In addition, as of December 31,  1996, the Company had outstanding  warrants
to  purchase  an aggregate  of 2,265,848  shares of  Common Stock  (after giving
effect to the exercise of warrants to purchase 307,928 shares in connection with
this offering). These warrants contain net exercise provisions. Accordingly, any
shares issued  upon net  exercise will  be eligible  for sale  immediately  upon
expiration of any lock-up
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
agreements  to which such shares are subject  pursuant to Rule 144. In addition,
the Company has filed a registration  statement on Form S-8 with the  Commission
registering  8,675,676 shares  of Common Stock  reserved for  issuance under the
Company's Employee Stock Purchase  Plan and 1996 Stock  Incentive Plan. Of  such
shares,  4,313,544 shares  subject to stock  options outstanding  under the 1996
Stock Incentive Plan are subject to lock-up agreements and will be eligible  for
sale  upon expiration of such lock-up agreements as follows: 3,290,108 shares on
March 30, 1997 and the remaining 1,023,436 shares 90 days from the date of  this
Prospectus. The 1,500,000 shares reserved under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
will   be  eligible  for  sale  upon  issuance.  In  addition,  the  holders  of
approximately 19,368,927 shares  of Common  Stock outstanding  or issuable  upon
exercise  of outstanding warrants have certain  rights to require the Company to
register those shares under the Securities  Act. If such holders, by  exercising
their  demand  registration  rights,  cause  a  large  number  of  shares  to be
registered and  sold in  the public  market, such  sales could  have a  material
adverse  effect  on the  market price  for  the Company's  Common Stock.  If the
Company were required to include in a Company-initiated registration shares held
by such holders pursuant to the exercise of their piggyback registration rights,
such sales may have an adverse effect  on the Company's ability to raise  needed
capital. See "Description of Capital Stock" and "Underwriters."
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITERS
 
    Under  the  terms and  subject to  conditions  contained in  an Underwriting
Agreement, the U.S.  Underwriters named  below, for  whom Morgan  Stanley &  Co.
Incorporated,  Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner &  Smith  Incorporated,  Cowen &
Company and Hambrecht & Quist LLC are acting as U.S. Representatives (the ``U.S.
Underwriters"), have severally agreed to purchase, and the Company has agreed to
sell to them, and  the International Underwriters named  below, for whom  Morgan
Stanley  &  Co.  International  Limited, Merrill  Lynch  International,  Cowen &
Company and Hambrecht &  Quist LLC are  acting as International  Representatives
(the  ``International Underwriters"), have severally agreed to purchase, and the
Company has agreed to sell  to them, the respective  number of shares of  Common
Stock set forth opposite their respective names below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             NUMBER OF
                                           NAME                                              OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
U.S. Underwriters:
  Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated........................................................
  Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
            Incorporated...................................................................
  Cowen & Company..........................................................................
  Hambrecht & Quist LLC....................................................................
 
                                                                                             ----------
    Subtotal...............................................................................   2,080,000
                                                                                             ----------
 
International Underwriters:
  Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited...............................................
  Merrill Lynch International..............................................................
  Cowen & Company..........................................................................
  Hambrecht & Quist LLC....................................................................
                                                                                             ----------
    Subtotal...............................................................................     520,000
                                                                                             ----------
      Total................................................................................   2,600,000
                                                                                             ----------
                                                                                             ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The  U.S. Underwriters  and the International  Underwriters are collectively
referred to as the ``Underwriters." The Underwriting Agreement provides that the
obligations of the several  Underwriters to pay for  and accept delivery of  the
shares  of Common Stock  offered hereby are  subject to the  approval of certain
legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The Underwriters
are obligated to  take and pay  for all of  the shares of  Common Stock  offered
hereby  (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below),
if any are taken.
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters,  each
U.S.  Underwriter has represented  and agreed that,  with certain exceptions set
forth below, (a) it is not purchasing any of the U.S. Shares (as defined  below)
for  the account  of anyone other  than a  United States or  Canadian Person (as
defined below) and (b) it has not offered  or sold, and will not offer or  sell,
directly or indirectly, any of the
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
U.S. Shares or distribute any prospectus relating to the U.S. Shares outside the
United  States or  Canada or to  anyone other  than a United  States or Canadian
Person. Pursuant to the Agreement  Between U.S. and International  Underwriters,
each  International Underwriter  has represented  and agreed  that, with certain
exceptions set forth below,  (a) it is not  purchasing any of the  International
Shares  (as defined  below) for  the account  of any  United States  or Canadian
Person and (b) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell,  directly
or  indirectly, any  of the  International Shares  or distribute  any prospectus
relating to the International Shares  in the United States  or Canada or to  any
United  States or  Canadian Person.  The foregoing  limitations do  not apply to
stabilization transactions or  to certain  other transactions  specified in  the
Agreement  Between U.S. and International Underwriters. As used herein, ``United
States or Canadian Person" means any  national or resident of the United  States
or  Canada or any  corporation, pension, profit-sharing or  other trust or other
entity organized  under the  laws  of the  United States  or  Canada or  of  any
political subdivision thereof (other than a branch located outside of the United
States  and Canada  of any  United States or  Canadian Person)  and includes any
United States or  Canadian branch  of a  person who  is not  otherwise a  United
States  or  Canadian Person,  and ``United  States" means  the United  States of
America,  its  territories,  its  possessions  and  all  areas  subject  to  its
jurisdiction.  All shares of Common Stock to be offered by the U.S. Underwriters
and International Underwriters under the Underwriting Agreement are referred  to
herein as the ``U.S. Shares" and the ``International Shares," respectively.
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, sales
may  be made between the U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters of
any  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  be  purchased  pursuant  to  the
Underwriting  Agreement  as may  be  mutually agreed.  The  per share  price and
currency settlement of any shares  of Common Stock so  sold shall be the  public
offering  price set forth  on the cover  page hereof, in  United States dollars,
less an  amount not  greater than  the per  share amount  of the  concession  to
dealers set forth below.
 
    Pursuant  to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
U.S. Underwriter has represented that it has not offered or sold, and has agreed
not to offer or  sell, any shares  of Common Stock,  directly or indirectly,  in
Canada  or to, or for the benefit of,  any resident of any province or territory
of Canada in contravention  of the securities laws  thereof and has  represented
that  any  offer of  such shares  in Canada  will  be made  only pursuant  to an
exemption from the requirement to file a prospectus in the province or territory
of Canada in which such offer is made. Each U.S. Underwriter has further  agreed
to  send to any dealer who purchases from it any shares of Common Stock a notice
stating in substance that, by purchasing such shares, such dealer represents and
agrees that it has not offered or sold  and will not offer or sell, directly  or
indirectly,  any of  such shares  in Canada or  to, or  for the  benefit of, any
resident of  any  province  or  territory of  Canada  in  contravention  of  the
securities  laws thereof and that any offer  of shares of Common Stock in Canada
will be  made only  pursuant to  an exemption  from the  requirement to  file  a
prospectus  in the province or territory of  Canada in which such offer is made,
and that such dealer will  deliver to any other dealer  to whom it sells any  of
such shares a notice to the foregoing effect.
 
    Pursuant  to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
International Underwriter has represented  that (i) it has  not offered or  sold
and prior to the expiration of the period of six months from the date of closing
will  not offer  or sell  any shares of  Common Stock  to persons  in the United
Kingdom except to persons whose  ordinary activities involve them in  acquiring,
holding,  managing or disposing  of investments (as principal  or agent) for the
purposes of  their  businesses or  otherwise  in circumstances  which  have  not
resulted  and will not  result in an offer  to the public  in the United Kingdom
within the meaning  of the  Public Offers  of Securities  Regulations 1995  (the
``Regulations");  (ii)  it  has complied  and  will comply  with  all applicable
provisions of the Financial Services Act  1986 and the Regulations with  respect
to  anything  done  by it  in  relation to  such  shares in,  from  or otherwise
involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will
only issue or pass on to any person in the United Kingdom any document  received
by  it in connection with the issue of such  shares to a person who is of a kind
described in  Article  11(3) of  the  Financial Services  Act  1986  (Investment
Advertisements)  (Exemptions) Order 1996,  or is a person  to whom such document
may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters,  each
International  Underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered or
sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
indirectly, in Japan  or to  or for  the account  of any  resident thereof,  any
shares  of Common  Stock acquired in  connection with this  offering, except for
offers or sales  to Japanese  International Underwriters or  dealers and  except
pursuant  to any exemption from the  registration requirements of the Securities
and Exchange  Law  and  other  relevant laws  and  regulations  of  Japan.  Each
International Underwriter has further agreed to send to any dealer who purchases
from it any of such shares of Common Stock a notice stating in substance that by
purchasing  such shares such  dealer may not  offer or sell  any of such shares,
directly or  indirectly, in  Japan or  to or  for the  account of  any  resident
thereof,  except for offers  or sales to  Japanese International Underwriters or
dealers and except pursuant to any exemption from the registration  requirements
of  the Securities and Exchange  Law and other relevant  laws and regulations of
Japan, and that such dealer will send to  any other dealer to whom it sells  any
of such shares a notice to the foregoing effect.
 
    The  Underwriters initially  propose to offer  part of the  shares of Common
Stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page hereof and part to certain dealers at a price which represents a concession
not in excess of $     a share under the public offering price. Any  Underwriter
may  allow, and such dealers may  reallow, a concession not in excess  of $    a
share to other Underwriters or to certain other dealers.
 
    Certain Selling  Stockholders  have  granted to  the  U.S.  Underwriters  an
option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up
to  an aggregate  of 390,000  additional shares  of Common  Stock at  the public
offering price set forth on the  cover page hereof, less underwriting  discounts
and  commissions. The  U.S. Underwriters  may exercise  such option  to purchase
solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, incurred in the sale
of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
 
    The Company, the Selling  Stockholders and the  Underwriters have agreed  to
indemnify  each other  against certain liabilities,  including liabilities under
the Securities Act.
 
    The Company has agreed  not to offer, pledge,  sell, contract to sell,  sell
any  option or contract  to purchase, purchase  any option or  contract to sell,
grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose
of, directly  or  indirectly, any  shares  of  Common Stock  or  any  securities
convertible  into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or enter into
any swap or similar agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the  economic
risk of ownership of the Common Stock, for a period of 90 days after the date of
this  Prospectus,  without the  prior written  consent of  Morgan Stanley  & Co.
Incorporated, subject to certain limited exceptions.
 
    See ``Shares  Eligible  for  Future  Sale"  for  a  description  of  certain
arrangements  by which all  officers, directors and  stockholders of the Company
have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of the Common Stock of the  Company
for  a period of  90 days after the  date of this  Prospectus, without the prior
written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
 
    Pursuant  to  regulations  promulgated   by  the  Securities  and   Exchange
Commission  (the  "Commission"),  market  makers in  the  Common  Stock  who are
Underwriters or prospective underwriters ("passive market makers") may,  subject
to  certain limitations, make  bids for or  purchases of shares  of Common Stock
until the  earlier of  the time  of commencement  (the "Commencement  Date")  of
offers  or sales of the Common Stock contemplated by this Prospectus or the time
at which a stabilizing bid for such shares is made. In general, on and after the
date two business days  prior to the Commencement  Date (1) such market  maker's
net  daily purchases of the Common Stock may not exceed 30% of its average daily
trading volume  in such  stock  for the  two  full consecutive  calendar  months
immediately  preceding the  filing date of  the registration  statement of which
this Prospectus forms a part, (2) such market maker may not effect  transactions
in,  or display bids for,  the Common Stock at a  price that exceeds the highest
bid for the Common Stock  by persons who are not  passive market makers and  (3)
bids made by passive market makers must be identified as such.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Brobeck, Phleger &  Harrison LLP, San Francisco, California.  Certain
legal  matters in  connection with  this offering  will be  passed upon  for the
Underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo
Alto, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1995
and 1996, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December  31,
1996, have been included herein and in the Registration Statement in reliance on
the  report of KPMG Peat Marwick  LLP, independent auditors, appearing elsewhere
herein and  upon  the  authority  of  said  firm  as  experts  in  auditing  and
accounting.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company has filed with the  Commission a registration statement on Form
S-1 (together  with  all amendments  and  exhibits thereto,  the  ``Registration
Statement")  under the Securities  Act with respect to  the Common Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration Statement,
does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement,
certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the Rules and  Regulations
of  the Commission. For further information with  respect to the Company and the
Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement and
to the  exhibits and  schedules filed  therewith. Statements  contained in  this
Prospectus  as  to  the contents  of  any  contract or  other  document  are not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such
contract or other document  filed as an exhibit  to the Registration  Statement,
each  such  statement being  qualified in  all respects  by such  reference. The
Company is  also  subject to  the  information requirements  of  the  Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  and  in  accordance  therewith  files  reports,  proxy
statements and other information with the Commission. Copies of the Registration
Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, reports, proxy statements  and
other  information filed by the Company may be inspected or copied at the public
reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional
offices located at Northwestern  Atrium Center, 500  West Madison Street,  Suite
1400,  Chicago, Illinois 60661 and at Seven  World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New
York, New York 10048. Copies of the Registration Statement may also be  obtained
from  the Public Reference Section of the  Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C.  20549 at  prescribed rates.  The Commission  also maintains  a
World  Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and
other  information  regarding  registrants,  such  as  the  Company,  that  file
electronically   with   the   Commission.   The   address   of   the   site   is
http://www.sec.gov. In addition, the  Common Stock of the  Company is quoted  on
the Nasdaq National Market. Reports and other information concerning the Company
may be inspected at the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., 1735 K
Street, Washington, D.C.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
                               GLOSSARY OF TERMS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Analog.......................................  A form of transmission employing a continuous
                                               electrical  signal (rather  than a  pulsed or
                                               digital system) that varies in frequency  and
                                               amplitude.
Application Specific Integrated Circuit        A   broad  term  that  refers  to  custom  or
 (ASIC)......................................  semi-custom integrated circuits.
Asynchronous Data Channel Service (ADU)......  A low speed  asynchronous data interface  for
                                               rates up to 38.4 Kbps.
Backplane Design.............................  The   design  of   the  circuit   board  that
                                               interconnects  a  wide  variety  of   service
                                               types.  The interconnection of  the traces on
                                               the backplane  defines  the  performance  and
                                               flexibility of the system.
Bandwidth....................................  A  relative range of frequencies that carry a
                                               signal without distortion  on a  transmission
                                               medium.
Bellcore.....................................  Bell  Communications  Research.  A  standards
                                               body   funded   by   the   telecommunications
                                               industry    that    proposes    new   network
                                               architectures and performs validation testing
                                               and analysis.
Beta Testing.................................  A step in the engineering cycle prior to full
                                               manufacturing release.
Central Office...............................  A term commonly used to describe the location
                                               of the switching  equipment that  is used  to
                                               re-direct telephone calls.
Central Office Switch........................  Used synonomously with Central Office.
Central Processing Unit (CPU)................  The  circuit  pack  that  contains  the  main
                                               operating software  for  the  system.  It  is
                                               responsible  for co-ordination  of all system
                                               level functionality.
Channel Bank.................................  A multiplexer that puts many slow speed voice
                                               or data  conversations  onto one  high  speed
                                               link   and   controls   the   flow   of   the
                                               conversations.
Coaxial......................................  A type  of  electrical  cable  in  which  one
                                               conductor   is  wrapped  around  another  and
                                               insulates the inner conductor.
Codec........................................  Electronic  circuitry  employed  to  digitize
                                               analog  signals  and to  convert  the digital
                                               signals back into analog form.
Digital......................................  The representation of information as discrete
                                               value (i.e., 1s and 0s). These digital values
                                               can be processed,  manipulated, exchanged  or
                                               stored by electronic systems.
Digital Loop Carrier (DLC)...................  A  device  used  to  concentrate  susbscriber
                                               telephone circuits  onto  one  or  more  high
                                               speed  digital loops  in a  carrier's central
                                               office  by  converting  analog  signals  into
                                               digital bit streams.
E1 Transceivers..............................  A  transmitter and receiver (transceiver) for
                                               sending  digital  data  at  2.04  Mbps   over
                                               twisted pair cabling.
</TABLE>
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Frequency....................................  The  number of  identical cycles  per second,
                                               measured in hertz, of a periodic  oscillation
                                               or wave in radio propagation.
Hertz........................................  One  cycle per second. The unit for measuring
                                               frequency signals.
High Speed Digital Subscriber Line (HDSL)....  A  technology   that   enables   high   speed
                                               transmission   of  data  over  copper  wires.
                                               Utilization  of   this  technology   requires
                                               minimal  changes  to  existing  copper  phone
                                               lines.
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)...  An  internationally  accepted  standard   for
                                               voice,  data  and  signaling  that  makes all
                                               transmission circuits end-to-end digital  and
                                               defines   a  standard  out-of-band  signaling
                                               system.
ISO-9001.....................................  ISO   is    the    International    Standards
                                               Organisation responsible for drafting quality
                                               procedures. 9001 is the quality procedure for
                                               manufacturing.
Large Line-Size Market.......................  Market  with  600 to  2,000 lines  within the
                                               serviceable area of  the NGDLC, generally  in
                                               urban areas.
Line Cards...................................  A  term  commonly  used to  refer  to service
                                               interfaces that terminate on plug-in  circuit
                                               packs.
Local Exchange Terminal (LET)................  The  term  the Company  uses to  describe the
                                               terminal  that  is  housed  in  the   Central
                                               Office.  Exchange  is the  international word
                                               for switch.
Local Loop...................................  A term  used to  describe the  copper  cables
                                               that   connect  a  customer's  phone  to  the
                                               Central Office.
MLT Remote Testing Capabilities..............  MLT or mechanized loop testing is a technique
                                               the  telephone  companies   use  to  test   a
                                               customer's  telephone  line.  When  a  DLC is
                                               used, special interfaces must be developed to
                                               provide this test interface.
Next Generation Digital Loop Carrier           The next  generation of  DLC's, designed  and
 (NGDLC).....................................  introduced  in the market  in the early 1990s
                                               to support  telecommunications services  over
                                               fiber-only   networks  in  densely  populated
                                               urban markets with 600 to 2,000 lines  within
                                               the serviceable area of the NGDLC.
PCBA.........................................  Printed Circuit Board Assembly.
Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS)...........  Basic  telephone  service  with  no  enhanced
                                               features such  as  call  waiting,  conference
                                               calling or call forwarding.
Printed Circuit Boards.......................  A  fiberglass  laminated  board  with  etched
                                               copper traces.
RBOC.........................................  Regional Bell Operating Company.
Remote Service Terminal (RST)................  A term  the  Company  uses  to  describe  its
                                               outside  enclosures  located at  or  near the
                                               customers that are being served from it.
</TABLE>
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Small Line-Size Market.......................  Market with less  than 600  lines within  the
                                               serviceable  area  of the  DLC,  generally in
                                               rural and suburban areas.
Synchronous Data Channel Service (SDU).......  A low  speed data  interface for  rates  less
                                               than 64 Kbps.
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)..........  A  standard designed  to establish  a digital
                                               hierarchical   network   that   enables   the
                                               transmission   of  data   over  a  consistent
                                               transport scheme at speeds up to 2.4 Gbps.
SONET OC3 Transceivers.......................  An  optical   bi-directional   circuit   pack
                                               operating at the SONET OC3 rate (155.52 Mbps)
                                               that   meets   the  SONET   requirements  for
                                               inter-operability.
T1 Transceivers..............................  A transmitter and receiver (transceiver)  for
                                               sending  digital  data  at  1.544  Mbps  over
                                               twisted pair cabling.
Universal Voice Grade Service (UVG)..........  A multipurpose circuit  pack that fulfills  a
                                               variety of interface requirements for modems,
                                               etc.
</TABLE>
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
 
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Independent Auditors' Report...............................................................................        F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996...............................................        F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.................        F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for
 the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996..........................................................        F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.................        F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................        F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc.:
 
    We  have audited  the accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets of Advanced
Fibre Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries  (the "Company") as of December  31,
1995 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable
convertible  preferred stock and  stockholders' equity (deficit)  and cash flows
for each of the years  in the three-year period  ended December 31, 1996.  These
financial  statements are  the responsibility  of the  Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based  on
our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our  opinion, the  consolidated financial  statements referred  to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the  Company
as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
 
San Francisco, California
January 20, 1997
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                               1995        1996
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash of
   $1,730 and $150 in 1995 and 1996, respectively.........................................  $   11,118  $   24,942
  Marketable securities...................................................................      --          83,488
  Accounts receivable.....................................................................      10,993      32,779
  Inventories.............................................................................      10,149      17,349
  Deferred income taxes...................................................................      --           2,889
  Prepaid expenses........................................................................         132         742
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Total current assets..................................................................      32,392     162,189
Property and equipment, net...............................................................       1,828       9,589
Other assets..............................................................................       2,460       3,901
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total assets........................................................................  $   36,680  $  175,679
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
 
                       LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND
                                    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable........................................................................  $    7,121  $    8,799
  Accrued liabilities.....................................................................       6,501       8,052
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Total current liabilities.............................................................      13,622      16,851
Long-term liabilities.....................................................................       1,046         805
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 35,345,816 shares authorized in
 1995; 17,011,204 shares issued and outstanding in 1995...................................      37,777      --
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized in 1996; no shares issued
   and outstanding in 1996................................................................      --          --
  Common stock, $0.01 par value; 84,654,184 and 100,000,000 shares authorized in 1995 and
   1996, respectively; 5,015,168 and 32,649,607 shares issued and outstanding in 1995 and
   1996, respectively.....................................................................          50         326
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................................      (2,248)    164,002
  Notes receivable from stockholders......................................................        (176)       (151)
  Accumulated deficit.....................................................................     (13,391)     (6,154)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit)..................................................     (15,765)    158,023
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
      Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' equity
       (deficit)..........................................................................  $   36,680  $  175,679
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------------
                                                                                    1994       1995        1996
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues........................................................................  $  18,802  $  54,287  $  130,193
Cost of revenues................................................................     14,124     33,469      73,950
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
    Gross profit................................................................      4,678     20,818      56,243
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
Operating expenses:
  Research and development......................................................      2,867      5,730      14,413
  Selling, general, and administrative..........................................      5,051      9,660      21,188
  DSC litigation costs..........................................................      4,551      1,623      18,947
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
    Total operating expenses....................................................     12,469     17,013      54,548
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
    Operating income (loss).....................................................     (7,791)     3,805       1,695
Other income (expense):
  Gain on dissolution (equity in loss) of joint venture, net....................     --         (1,516)      1,516
  Other income, net.............................................................         26        149         872
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
    Income (loss) before income taxes...........................................     (7,765)     2,438       4,083
Income taxes (benefit)..........................................................     --             97      (3,154)
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
    Net income (loss)...........................................................  $  (7,765) $   2,341  $    7,237
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ----------
Pro forma net income per share..................................................             $    0.09  $     0.21
                                                                                             ---------  ----------
                                                                                             ---------  ----------
Shares used in per share computations...........................................                27,329      34,282
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE
         CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995, AND 1996
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       REDEEMABLE
                                  CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED
                                          STOCK               COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL
                                  ---------------------  ----------------------    PAID-IN    NOTES RECEIVABLE   ACCUMULATED
                                    SHARES     AMOUNT     SHARES      AMOUNT       CAPITAL    FROM STOCKHOLDERS    DEFICIT
                                  ----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------------  ------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>                <C>
Balances as of December 31,
 1993...........................  10,152,908  $   9,145  3,006,472   $      30    $     (15)      $  --           $   (7,967)
Issuance of preferred stock.....   3,000,000      7,436     --          --           --              --               --
Conversion of notes payable to
 preferred stock................     200,000        500     --          --           --              --               --
Issuance of preferred stock.....   2,080,000      6,465     --          --           --              --               --
Exercise of common stock
 options and warrants...........      --         --         86,252           1           10          --               --
Net loss........................      --         --         --          --           --              --               (7,765)
                                  ----------  ---------  ---------       -----   -----------          -----      ------------
Balances as of December 31,
 1994...........................  15,432,908     23,546  3,092,724          31           (5)         --              (15,732)
Issuance of preferred stock.....   2,193,540     14,539     --          --           --              --               --
Repurchase of preferred stock...    (615,244)      (308)    --          --           (3,848)         --               --
Sale of common stock for notes
 receivable.....................      --         --        563,600           6          170            (176)          --
Exercise of common stock options
 and warrants...................      --         --      1,358,844          13        1,435          --               --
Net income......................      --         --         --          --           --              --                2,341
                                  ----------  ---------  ---------       -----   -----------          -----      ------------
Balances as of December 31,
 1995...........................  17,011,204     37,777  5,015,168          50       (2,248)           (176)         (13,391)
Issuance of preferred stock.....     220,000      1,540     --          --           --              --               --
Issuance of common stock in
 settlement of litigation.......      --         --        725,787           7        8,986          --               --
Exercise of common stock options
 and warrants...................      --         --      3,016,189          30          112          --               --
Initial public offering of
 common stock...................                         5,175,000          52      118,022
Conversion of preferred stock to
 common stock...................  (17,231,204)   (39,317) 18,717,463        187      39,130          --               --
Payment of notes receivable from
 stockholder....................      --         --         --          --           --                  25           --
Net income......................      --         --         --          --           --              --                7,237
                                  ----------  ---------  ---------       -----   -----------          -----      ------------
Balances as of December 31,
 1996...........................      --      $  --      32,649,607  $     326    $ 164,002       $    (151)      $   (6,154)
                                  ----------  ---------  ---------       -----   -----------          -----      ------------
                                  ----------  ---------  ---------       -----   -----------          -----      ------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                      TOTAL
                                  STOCKHOLDERS'
                                     EQUITY
                                    (DEFICIT)
                                  -------------
<S>                               <C>
Balances as of December 31,
 1993...........................    $  (7,952)
Issuance of preferred stock.....       --
Conversion of notes payable to
 preferred stock................       --
Issuance of preferred stock.....       --
Exercise of common stock
 options and warrants...........           11
Net loss........................       (7,765)
                                  -------------
Balances as of December 31,
 1994...........................      (15,706)
Issuance of preferred stock.....       --
Repurchase of preferred stock...       (3,848)
Sale of common stock for notes
 receivable.....................       --
Exercise of common stock options
 and warrants...................        1,448
Net income......................        2,341
                                  -------------
Balances as of December 31,
 1995...........................      (15,765)
Issuance of preferred stock.....       --
Issuance of common stock in
 settlement of litigation.......        8,993
Exercise of common stock options
 and warrants...................          142
Initial public offering of
 common stock...................      118,074
Conversion of preferred stock to
 common stock...................       39,317
Payment of notes receivable from
 stockholder....................           25
Net income......................        7,237
                                  -------------
Balances as of December 31,
 1996...........................    $ 158,023
                                  -------------
                                  -------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -------------------------------
                                                                                      1994       1995       1996
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss)...............................................................  $  (7,765) $   2,341  $   7,237
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating
   activities:
    Noncash portion of litigation settlement......................................     --         --         12,807
    Deferred income taxes.........................................................     --         --         (3,679)
    Depreciation and amortization.................................................        199        547        956
    Equity in loss (gain on dissolution) of joint venture, net....................     --          1,516     (1,149)
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Accounts receivable.........................................................     (4,815)    (5,802)   (21,403)
      Inventories.................................................................     (2,513)    (5,529)    (5,714)
      Prepaid expenses and other assets...........................................       (109)      (169)      (588)
      Accounts payable............................................................      1,266      4,516      1,602
      Accrued liabilities.........................................................      3,215      1,626      3,442
      Long-term liabilities.......................................................        (30)       (17)       258
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
       NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES......................................    (10,552)      (971)    (6,231)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Net purchases of marketable securities..........................................     --         --        (83,488)
  Acquisition of technology license...............................................     --         (1,000)    --
  Purchase of property and equipment..............................................       (452)    (1,084)    (8,367)
  Reimbursement of loans (advances) to joint venture..............................     --         (1,516)     1,516
  Business acquisition, net of cash acquired......................................     --         --           (783)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
       NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES......................................       (452)    (3,600)   (91,122)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from bank borrowings...................................................     --          1,550     16,806
  Repayment of bank borrowings....................................................     --         (1,550)   (16,806)
  Prepayment of long-term portion of litigation settlement........................     --         --         (7,064)
  Proceeds from stockholder loans.................................................      1,000     --         --
  Repayment of stockholder loans..................................................       (500)    --         --
  Proceeds from initial public offering of common stock...........................     --         --        118,074
  Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock................     13,901     14,539     --
  Repurchase of redeemable convertible preferred stock............................     --         (4,156)    --
  Proceeds from exercise of common stock options and warrants.....................         11      1,448        167
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
       NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES..................................     14,412     11,831    111,177
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.............................................      3,408      7,260     13,824
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR......................................        450      3,858     11,118
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR............................................  $   3,858  $  11,118  $  24,942
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
NONCASH FINANCING AND INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Conversion of notes payable to redeemable convertible preferred stock...........  $     500  $  --      $  --
  Issuance of common stock for notes receivable...................................     --            176     --
  Deferred portion of technology license fee......................................     --          1,500     --
  Issuance of preferred stock for business acquisition............................     --         --          1,540
CASH PAID:
  Interest........................................................................         21         37        398
  Income taxes....................................................................     --         --            265
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc. (the "Company") operates in one business
segment and designs, develops, manufactures, markets, and supports the Universal
Modular  Carrier  1000-TM-  (the UMC  system),  a  cost-effective, multi-feature
digital loop  carrier system  developed to  serve small  line-size markets.  The
Company's UMC system is designed to enable telephone companies, cable companies,
and  other service providers to connect subscribers to the central office switch
for voice and data communications over  copper wire, fiber optic cable,  coaxial
cable and analog radio networks.
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  consolidated financial statements  include the accounts  of the Company
and its  subsidiaries. All  significant intercompany  balances and  transactions
have  been  eliminated. The  Company's investments  in 50%  or less  owned joint
ventures are accounted for under the equity method.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities
of three months or less  to be cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents  are
generally  invested in money market funds, are classified as available-for-sales
securities and their cost approximates their market value. Included in cash  and
cash  equivalents is  $833,000 and  $150,000 as of  December 31,  1995 and 1996,
respectively, held in escrow as collateral for bonds on certain contracts.  Also
included  in cash and cash equivalents as  of December 31, 1995 is $897,000 held
in escrow related to  sales to a particular  customer pending resolution of  the
litigation described in Note 10.
 
    MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
    All  marketable  securities  are classified  as  available-for-sale  and are
stated at estimated fair value. Unrealized  gains and losses were immaterial  as
of December 31, 1996, and realized gains and losses were immaterial for the year
ended December 31, 1996.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are valued at the lower of first-in, first-out cost or market.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property  and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line  method over  the estimated  useful lives,  generally five  to
seven years, of the related assets.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenue  is generally recognized when  products are shipped. Product returns
and uncollectible accounts have been insignificant to date.
 
    WARRANTY
 
    The Company provides for estimated warranty costs at the time of sale.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability  method.
Deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities are  recognized based  on the  future tax
consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial   statement
carrying  amounts of  existing assets and  liabilities and  their respective tax
bases. The measurement  of deferred tax  assets is reduced,  if necessary, by  a
valuation allowance for any tax benefits that are not expected to be realized.
 
    EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
 
    The Company accounts for equity-based compensation plans using the intrinsic
value method.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
    Pro forma net income per share is computed using the weighted average number
of  shares of  common stock  and redeemable  convertible preferred  stock, on an
as-if converted basis, outstanding and common equivalent shares from options and
warrants to  purchase  common  stock  using  the  treasury  stock  method,  when
dilutive.  In accordance with  certain Securities and  Exchange Commission Staff
Accounting  Bulletins,  such  computations   included  all  common  and   common
equivalent  shares  issued within  the 12  months  preceding the  initial public
offering ("IPO")  date  as  if  they were  outstanding  for  all  prior  periods
presented using the treasury stock method and the estimated IPO price.
 
    CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
    Financial  instruments potentially exposing the Company to concentrations of
credit risk consist primarily  of cash and cash  equivalents and trade  accounts
receivable.  The  Company manufactures  and  sells its  products  principally to
telephone companies. To reduce credit risk, the Company performs ongoing  credit
evaluations  of  its  customers'  financial  condition.  The  Company  does  not
generally require collateral. For international shipments, the Company generally
requires prepayment or letters of credit.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The Company has made a number  of estimates and assumptions that affect  the
reported  amount of assets  and liabilities and  disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues  and expenses  during  the reporting  period. Actual  results  could
differ from these estimates.
 
    IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF
 
    The  Company  adopted the  provisions of  Statement of  Financial Accounting
Standards No.  121,  ACCOUNTING FOR  THE  IMPAIRMENT OF  LONG-LIVED  ASSETS  AND
LONG-LIVED  ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF,  effective January 1, 1996. This statement
requires long-lived assets  to be  evaluated for impairment  whenever events  or
changes  in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not
be recoverable. Adoption of this statement did not have a material effect on the
Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
NOTE 2 -- JOINT VENTURES
 
    ADVANCED ACCESS LABS
 
    During fiscal 1994, the  Company entered into  a joint venture  partnership,
Advanced  Access  Labs,  with  a stockholder.  The  joint  venture  designed and
developed a product  to allow telephone  services to be  provided over  existing
cable  TV  coaxial systems  as  well as  other  transmission media.  The Company
contributed the right to use its technology  in exchange for a 50% ownership  in
the joint venture partnership. During 1995, the Company loaned $1,000,000 to the
joint  venture. In addition,  during 1995 and  1996, the Company  made other net
advances to the joint venture totaling $516,000 and $167,000, respectively.  The
Company  has recorded its  proportionate share of the  joint venture's losses to
the extent of the  Company's loans and advances  therein. As a consequence,  the
Company's loans and advances to the joint venture had been reduced to zero.
 
    On December 23, 1996, the Company and the joint venture partner entered into
an  agreement to terminate the partnership.  In connection with the dissolution,
the joint venture partner  reimbursed the Company $1,683,000  for all loans  and
advances  made by the Company to date.  The reimbursement was recorded as a gain
and is reflected in gain on dissolution  (equity in loss) of joint venture,  net
in  the accompanying consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Company
and the joint venture partner entered into a License and Marketing Agreement and
an OEM Agreement.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2 -- JOINT VENTURES (CONTINUED)
    AFTEK HONG KONG
 
    On April 11,  1996, the Company  acquired all of  the outstanding shares  of
AFTEK  Hong Kong, of  which the Company  had previously been  a 49% stockholder.
AFTEK Hong Kong is  a holding company  that owns 60% of  a joint venture,  AFTEK
Hangzhou,   that   is   licensed   to  manufacture   and   sell   the  Company's
telecommunications equipment  in China.  Total  consideration consisted  of  the
following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
Issuance of Series F preferred stock.........................  $   1,540
Cash paid to retire note payable.............................        939
Acquisition costs incurred...................................         79
                                                               ---------
                                                               $   2,558
                                                               ---------
                                                               ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  acquisition  has  been  accounted  for  using  the  purchase  method of
accounting, and,  accordingly, the  purchase  price has  been allocated  to  the
assets purchased and the liabilities assumed based upon their fair values at the
date  of acquisition. The excess  of the purchase price  over the fair values of
the net assets acquired was $932,000 and has been recorded as goodwill, which is
being amortized on a straight-line basis over 5 years.
 
    Historical results of AFTEK  Hong Kong and pro  forma results of  operations
giving   effect  to  the  acquisition  have  not  been  presented  because  such
information is immaterial in relation to the Company's results of operations.
 
    On August 10, 1996, AFTEK Hong Kong and its joint venture partner agreed  to
liquidate  AFTEK  Hangzhou. The  partners appointed  a liquidation  committee to
facilitate the  liquidation procedures  and to  ensure that  the liquidation  is
completed  in accordance with  the relevant stipulations  contained in the joint
venture agreement.  The  Company  has  recorded  a  provision  of  approximately
$383,000  reflecting the  reduction in  the net  realizable value  of AFTEK Hong
Kong's interest  in  the joint  venture's  net  assets to  be  distributed  upon
liquidation.
 
    The Company had sales to AFTEK Hong Kong of $2,020,000 in 1995.
 
NOTE 3 -- MARKETABLE SECURITIES
    Marketable  securities were  comprised of the  following as  of December 31,
1996 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    FAIR
                                                                                    VALUE
                                                                                  ---------
<S>                                                                               <C>
Municipal debt securities.......................................................  $  61,488
Corporate debt securities.......................................................     22,000
                                                                                  ---------
Total marketable securities.....................................................  $  83,488
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The fair value of securities maturing in one year or less and those maturing
between one year and five years was $54,128,000 and $29,360,000, respectively.
 
NOTE 4 -- INVENTORIES
    The major components of inventories are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    --------------------
                                                                      1995       1996
                                                                    ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>
Raw materials.....................................................  $   5,155  $   7,631
Work-in-progress..................................................        899        155
Finished goods....................................................      4,095      9,563
                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                    $  10,149  $  17,349
                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5 -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    A summary of property and equipment follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       --------------------
                                                                         1995       1996
                                                                       ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>
Furniture and fixtures...............................................  $     375  $   1,266
Computer and office equipment........................................      1,204      4,306
Engineering equipment................................................        865      5,508
                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                           2,444     11,080
Less: accumulated depreciation.......................................        616      1,491
                                                                       ---------  ---------
  Net property and equipment.........................................  $   1,828  $   9,589
                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                       ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 -- ACCRUED LIABILITIES
    A summary of accrued liabilities follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       --------------------
                                                                         1995       1996
                                                                       ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>
DSC litigation costs.................................................  $   2,674  $  --
Warranty.............................................................        852      2,550
Other................................................................      2,975      5,502
                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                       $   6,501  $   8,052
                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                       ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 7 -- INCOME TAXES
    A  summary  of  the  components  of  income  taxes  (benefit)  follows   (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   CURRENT    DEFERRED     TOTAL
                                                                 -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>        <C>
Year ended December 31, 1995:
  Federal......................................................   $      82   $  --      $      82
  State........................................................          15      --             15
                                                                      -----   ---------  ---------
                                                                  $      97   $  --      $      97
                                                                      -----   ---------  ---------
                                                                      -----   ---------  ---------
 
Year ended December 31, 1996:
  Federal......................................................   $     523   $  (2,764) $  (2,241)
  State........................................................           2        (915)      (913)
                                                                      -----   ---------  ---------
                                                                  $     525   $  (3,679) $  (3,154)
                                                                      -----   ---------  ---------
                                                                      -----   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Income taxes (benefit) differs from the amount computed by applying the U.S.
federal  statutory rate of 34%  to income (loss) before  income taxes as follows
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                    1994       1995       1996
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Income taxes (benefit) at statutory rate........................  $  (2,640) $     829  $   1,388
Current losses and temporary differences for which no benefit
 was recognized.................................................      2,640     --            476
Alternative minimum tax.........................................     --             82     --
State taxes net of federal benefit..............................     --             15       (167)
Change in valuation allowance...................................     --           (847)    (4,687)
Other...........................................................     --             18       (164)
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  $  --      $      97  $  (3,154)
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7 -- INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The tax  effects of  temporary  differences that  give rise  to  significant
portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                   1994       1995       1996
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards.............................  $   4,099  $   3,316  $  --
  DSC settlement costs.........................................     --         --          1,257
  Allowances and accruals......................................      1,789      1,914      1,618
  Research tax credit carryforwards............................        374     --            588
  Other........................................................         52          6        216
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                     6,314      5,236      3,679
Deferred tax liability -- investment in joint venture..........     --           (549)    --
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                     6,314      4,687      3,679
Less valuation allowance.......................................     (6,314)    (4,687)    --
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax asset.........................................  $  --      $  --      $   3,679
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  net change in the  valuation allowance for the  year ended December 31,
1996 was  a decrease  of approximately  $4,687,000. Management  believes that  a
valuation   allowance  is  not  required,   based  upon  current  and  projected
profitability of the Company.
 
    The Company has research credit carryforwards for federal income tax  return
purposes  of approximately  $588,000. The federal  research credit carryforwards
expire from 2008  through 2011.  The Company also  has California  manufacturing
credits of approximately $276,000; which expire from 2002 through 2004.
 
    The  Tax Reform Act of 1986 and the California Conformity Act of 1987 impose
restrictions  on  the  utilization  of   net  operating  loss  and  tax   credit
carryforwards  in the event of an "ownership  change" as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code. The Company's  ability to utilize its  net operating loss and  tax
credit carryforwards is subject to restriction pursuant to these provisions.
 
NOTE 8 -- BANK BORROWINGS
    The  Company  has a  revolving  line of  credit  with a  bank  providing for
borrowings up to $12,000,000 at an interest rate of prime plus 0.5%.  Borrowings
under  the line are  secured by the  Company's accounts receivable.  The line of
credit expired on  November 15,  1996, but automatically  renews for  successive
thirty  day periods  until terminated by  written agreement. The  line of credit
agreement also contains covenants that  require the Company to maintain  certain
financial  ratios. As of December  31, 1996, the Company  was in compliance with
the covenants contained in the agreement. As  of December 31, 1995 and 1996,  no
borrowings  were  outstanding  under  the line  of  credit,  and  $1,642,000 was
reserved for letters of credit and foreign exchange contracts.
 
    In  July  1996,  the  Company  borrowed  approximately  $7,106,000  under  a
six-month  term loan bearing interest at 5.75%.  The proceeds from the loan were
used to pay the remaining obligations  under the DSC litigation settlement  (See
Note 10). The loan had a $4.0 million compensating balance requirement. The loan
was repaid in October 1996 with a portion of the proceeds from the IPO.
 
NOTE 9 -- REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DEFICIT)
 
    IPO
 
    In  October 1996,  the Company issued  5,175,000 shares of  its common stock
pursuant to the IPO, which generated approximately $118,074,000 of net  proceeds
to the Company.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9 -- REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DEFICIT) (CONTINUED)
    In  conjunction with  the IPO,  17,231,204 shares  of outstanding redeemable
convertible preferred stock were converted into a total of 18,717,463 shares  of
common  stock.  Prior to  the IPO,  the  Company had  outstanding six  series of
redeemable convertible preferred stock.
 
    COMMON STOCK WARRANTS
 
    Warrants to purchase shares of common stock were issued to investors as part
of the preferred  stock agreements. The  warrants expire beginning  in 1998  and
ending in 2000 and are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             EXERCISE
                                                                                 NUMBER        PRICE
                                                                                OF SHARES    PER SHARE
                                                                               -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 1994.................................    6,496,204  $ 0.03-1.17
  Issued.....................................................................       30,068     7.00
  Exercised..................................................................   (1,305,192)   0.03-1.17
                                                                               -----------
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 1995.................................    5,221,080    0.03-7.00
  Exercised..................................................................   (2,599,763)   0.03-1.17
  Retired....................................................................      (47,541)   0.03-1.17
                                                                               -----------
Warrants outstanding as of December 31, 1996.................................    2,573,776    0.03-7.00
                                                                               -----------
                                                                               -----------
</TABLE>
 
    COMMON STOCK OPTIONS
 
    The  Company's 1996  Stock Incentive Plan  (the "1996 Plan")  is intended to
serve as the  successor equity  incentive program  to the  Company's 1993  Stock
Option/Stock  Issuance Plan (the "Predecessor Plan"). As of December 31, 1996, a
total of 7,008,142 shares of Common Stock were authorized for issuance under the
1996 Plan. This  share reserve  is comprised of  (i) the  shares which  remained
available  for issuance under the Predecessor Plan, including the shares subject
to outstanding options thereunder, plus (ii) an additional increase of 1,000,000
shares. In addition, the  share reserve will automatically  be increased on  the
first  trading day of each calendar year, beginning with the 1997 calendar year,
by an amount equal to 3% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding  on
the  last  trading  day  of the  immediately  preceding  calendar  year. Options
generally vest 20% on the first anniversary date and ratably over the  following
48  months. The options expire 10 years from  the date of grant and are normally
canceled three months after termination of employment.
 
    A summary of the Company's stock option plan activity is presented below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             1995                     1996
                                                                    -----------------------  -----------------------
                                                                                 WEIGHTED                 WEIGHTED
                                                           1994                   AVERAGE                  AVERAGE
                                                        ----------               EXERCISE                 EXERCISE
OPTIONS                                                   SHARES      SHARES       PRICE       SHARES       PRICE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year......................   1,608,000   2,734,280   $    0.14    3,890,016   $    0.35
Granted...............................................   1,238,080   1,274,036        0.81    1,083,082       12.33
Exercised.............................................     (21,780)    (53,652)       0.21     (416,426)       0.17
Canceled..............................................     (90,020)    (64,648)       0.24     (243,128)       1.21
                                                        ----------  ----------               ----------
Outstanding at end of year............................   2,734,280   3,890,016        0.35    4,313,544        3.32
Options exercisable at year end.......................               1,189,402                1,705,659
Weighted average fair value of options granted
 during the year......................................                                0.21                     5.89
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9 -- REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DEFICIT) (CONTINUED)
    The following table summarizes  information about stock options  outstanding
as of December 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 WEIGHTED
      RANGE                       AVERAGE    WEIGHTED
       OF            NUMBER      REMAINING    AVERAGE     NUMBER
    EXERCISE       OUTSTANDING  CONTRACTUAL  EXERCISE   EXCERCISABLE
     PRICES        AT 12/31/96     LIFE        PRICE    AT 12/31/96
- -----------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -----------
<C>                <C>          <S>          <C>        <C>
      $0.03         1,256,600   6.3 years    $    0.03     973,478
   0.25 - 0.63      1,665,646   8.1               0.38     598,298
   1.50 - 4.70        821,096   9.1               1.63      86,591
  12.00 - 25.00       475,402   9.6              14.30      47,292
  57.63 - 59.63        94,800   9.9              58.54      --
</TABLE>
 
    EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    Under the 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") adopted on
July  12, 1996,  the Company is  authorized to  issue up to  1,500,000 shares of
Common  Stock  to   eligible  employees   of  the   Company  and   participating
subsidiaries.  The Purchase Plan  will be implemented in  a series of successive
offering periods,  each  with a  maximum  duration  of 24  months.  The  initial
offering  period commenced on October 4, 1996  and ends on the last business day
in July 1998. Under the  terms of the Purchase  Plan, eligible employees on  the
start  date of  any offering period  can enter  the Purchase Plan  on that start
date, or  on  any subsequent  semi-annual  entry date.  Individuals  who  become
eligible  after the  start date  may join  the Purchase  Plan on  any subsequent
semi-annual entry date within that period.  Employees may have up to 10  percent
of  their  base  salary  withheld through  payroll  deductions  to  purchase the
Company's Common Stock.  The purchase  price of  the stock  is the  lower of  85
percent  of (i) the fair  market value of the  Common Stock on the participant's
entry date  into the  offering  period or  (ii) the  fair  market value  on  the
semi-annual  purchase  date. Under  the Purchase  Plan,  the purchase  dates are
January 31 and July 31 of each year.
 
    PRO FORMA FAIR VALUE INFORMATION
 
    The Company  applies the  intrinsic value  method prescribed  by  Accounting
Principles  Board Opinion No.  25, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK  ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES, in
accounting for its stock-based compensation plans. Had compensation cost for the
Company's stock-based  compensation plans  been determined  consistent with  the
fair  value  approach set  forth  in SFAS  No.  123, ACCOUNTING  FOR STOCK-BASED
COMPENSATION, the Company's net  income and earnings per  share would have  been
reduced  to the pro forma amounts indicated below (in thousands except per share
amounts):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1995        1996
                                                              ----------  ----------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Net income:
  As reported...............................................  $    2,341  $    7,237
  Pro forma.................................................       2,334       6,638
 
Fully diluted earnings per share:
  As reported...............................................  $     0.08  $     0.21
  Pro forma.................................................        0.08        0.19
</TABLE>
 
    The fair value of option grants prior to the IPO is estimated on the date of
grant using  the  minimum  value  method with  the  following  weighted  average
assumptions:  no dividend yield; risk-free interest rates of 6.22% to 6.25%, and
an expected life of 5 years. The  fair value of option grants subsequent to  the
IPO  is estimated  on the date  of grant using  the Black-Scholes option-pricing
model with  the  following  weighted average  assumptions:  no  dividend  yield,
expected  volatility of 55%;  risk-free interest rate of  6.32%; and an expected
life of 5 years.  Compensation cost related to  the Purchase Plan is  recognized
for  the fair value of the employees' purchase rights, which are estimated using
the Black-Scholes model. No compensation expense has been disclosed for 1996 and
1995 as the first purchase date will occur on January 31, 1997.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9 -- REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(DEFICIT) (CONTINUED)
    STOCK SPLIT AND REINCORPORATION
 
    In August  1996, the  Company's Board  of Directors  approved a  two-for-one
stock  split. The accompanying financial statements and notes have been restated
to give effect to the stock split.
 
NOTE 10 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    LEASES
 
    The Company  leases  office  space and  certain  equipment  under  operating
leases.  Future minimum payments under operating  leases with an initial term of
more than  one year  as  of December  31, 1996  are  summarized as  follows  (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
1997...............................................................  $   3,952
1998...............................................................      4,093
1999...............................................................      3,064
2000...............................................................      2,353
2001...............................................................      2,373
Thereafter.........................................................      9,714
                                                                     ---------
Total minimum lease payments.......................................  $  25,549
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Total  rent expense  for all  operating leases  was $462,000,  $887,000, and
$3,030,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
    The Company has a 401(k) plan under which employees may contribute a portion
of their compensation on a tax deferred  basis to the plan. The Company, at  its
discretion,  may contribute to the  plan on a matching basis  up to a maximum of
$5,000 per employee per year. The Company is the plan administrator. During 1995
and 1996, the Company  contributed $133,000 and  $466,000, respectively, to  the
plan.
 
    LITIGATION
 
    DSC:
 
    From  July 1993 until June 1996 the  Company was involved in litigation with
DSC Communications Corporation  ("DSC"). DSC alleged,  among other things,  that
the Company's Universal Modular Carrier 1000-TM- ("UMC") technology contained or
was  derived from  trade secrets  and other  proprietary technology  of DSC. The
parties entered into a Settlement Agreement and Mutual Releases dated as of June
24, 1996  (the "Settlement  Agreement")  pursuant to  which the  litigation  was
terminated.  Under the terms  of the Settlement Agreement,  the Company paid DSC
$3,000,000 in June 1996 and $7,106,000  in July 1996, and issued 725,787  shares
of  common stock to DSC. The settlement amount was recorded during the first six
months of 1996 as  a charge of  $15,807,000. Under the  terms of the  Settlement
Agreement, the Company maintains all rights to the UMC technology free and clear
of any claim by DSC.
 
    ITRI:
 
    In  1995,  a  dispute arose  among  the Company,  the  Industrial Technology
Research Institute  ("ITRI"),  a  Taiwanese  government-sponsored  research  and
development  organization in the telecommunications field, and certain of ITRI's
member companies (the "Member Companies") in which the Company claimed that ITRI
and the Member Companies were, among other things, failing to pay royalties when
due. In reliance upon certain provisions of the ITRI Agreements, in April  1996,
the  Company  ceased  delivering  to the  Member  Companies  certain proprietary
application specific integrated circuits ("ASICs") used in manufacturing the UMC
system.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    Pursuant to agreements with ITRI  reached in 1994, design documentation  for
these ASICs are held in a trust account, with directions that the designs can be
made  available to ITRI  on the occurrence  of specified conditions.  On July 9,
1996, the trustee-custodian of the ASIC  designs filed suit against the  Company
in the United States District Court, Eastern District of New York, alleging that
the  Company had  wrongfully discontinued  the sale of  the ASICs  to the Member
Companies. Among other things, the complaint seeks unspecified damages on behalf
of the  trustee, and  a determination  that  the trustee  can release  the  ASIC
designs  to ITRI. On July 31, 1996, the Company filed a counterclaim against the
trustee claiming, among other things, that the trustee improperly disclosed  the
design documentation to third parties.
 
    On  July 30,  1996, the Company  filed suit  against ITRI and  others in the
United States District Court, Northern District of California, for breach of the
ITRI  Agreements,   breach   of   covenants  of   good   faith,   trade   secret
misappropriation,  tortious  interference,  and  related  claims.  The complaint
alleges that ITRI breached the ITRI  Agreements, among other things, by  failing
to  collect royalties owed to the  Company, by developing UMC-based products not
shared with  the Company,  by  transferring UMC  technology to  an  unauthorized
company,  and by misappropriating the Company's  trade secrets and that the ITRI
Agreements have been  terminated. The Company  seeks damages, punitive  damages,
and  declaratory  and injunctive  relief. On  September 13,  1996, ITRI  filed a
demand for arbitration of the dispute and claimed, among other things, that  the
Company has breached the ITRI Agreements and is liable for unspecified royalties
and punitive damages, and claiming proprietary rights in certain UMC technology.
On  September 30, 1996,  the Company amended  the complaint in  its suit against
ITRI to add the Member Companies and another company as parties to the suit.
 
    On August 27, 1996, the Member  Companies filed suit against the Company  in
United  States District Court, Northern  District of California, alleging breach
of contract and  unfair competition  based on the  Company's discontinuation  of
ASIC  sales to the Member Companies. The complaint filed by the Member Companies
alleges that the Company lacked justification  to discontinue the sale of  ASICs
and  that its failure to  sell ASICs to the  Member Companies constituted unfair
competition. The complaint seeks court-ordered arbitration, unspecified damages,
punitive damages and an injunction requiring  further sales of the ASICs to  the
Member   Companies.  On  September  6,  1996,  the  court  granted  a  temporary
restraining order pursuant to which the  Company will be required to supply  the
Member  Companies with a specified number of  ASICs during the ensuing two month
period on the terms and conditions set forth in the ITRI Agreements. The court's
order was  granted as  an interim  measure to  preserve the  status quo  pending
adjudication  on  the  merits. The  Company  believes that  compliance  with the
court's order will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition  and  results of  operations.  On September  16,  1996,  the
Company  filed  counterclaims  seeking  declaratory  and  injunctive  relief and
damages against Member Companies  for, among other  things, breach of  contract,
fraud  and misappropriation of trade secrets.  On September 23, 1996, the Member
Companies filed a demand for arbitration of the dispute and claimed, among other
things, actual damages  in excess of  $60 million, legal  fees and expenses  and
punitive damages.
 
    The  parties conducted discovery with respect to the royalty and ASIC supply
issues during September  and October,  1996. A hearing  on ITRI's  motion for  a
preliminary  injunction to require  the Company to  continue supplying ASICs and
ITRI's motion to compel arbitration was held  on November 22, 1996. In an  order
dated  January 9,  1997, the  court stayed the  litigation and  granted the ITRI
parties' motion  to compel  arbitration. The  court has  promised, but  not  yet
issued, an opinion explaining the nature and scope of its arbitration order, and
has issued no ruling on the motion for a preliminary injunction.
 
    The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted
by  ITRI  and the  Member  Companies and  it  intends to  defend  the litigation
vigorously. Moreover, the  Company believes that  the Member Companies'  damages
claim  is without  merit. The Company  further believes that  its claims against
ITRI and  the  Member Companies  are  meritorious  and the  Company  intends  to
vigorously  pursue such  claims. However,  due to the  nature of  the claims and
because the proceedings are in the discovery stage, the
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                      ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
Company cannot determine the  total expense or possible  loss, if any, that  may
ultimately  be incurred either  in the context  of a trial,  arbitration or as a
result of a  negotiated settlement.  After consideration  of the  nature of  the
claims  and the facts relating to the proceedings, the Company believes that the
resolution of  this  matter will  not  have a  material  adverse effect  on  the
Company's  business, financial condition and results of operations; however, the
results of these proceedings, including any potential settlement, are  uncertain
and there can be no assurance to that effect.
 
NOTE 11 -- COMPANY INFORMATION AND CERTAIN CONCENTRATIONS
    During  1994, one customer  accounted for 27% of  revenues. During 1995, one
customer accounted  for  approximately  16%  of  revenues.  International  sales
constituted 19%, 13% and 21% during 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
    The Company currently derives substantially all of its revenue from the UMC,
and expects that this concentration will continue for the foreseeable future. As
a  result, any factor adversely affecting the demand for, or pricing of, the UMC
could have a material  adverse effect on the  Company's business and results  of
operations.
 
    The  Company's manufacturing operations consist  primarily of final assembly
and test  of  finished  goods  from  components  and  custom-made  subassemblies
purchased  from  third parties.  Although the  Company's product  designs employ
primarily industry  standard hardware,  certain  components are  only  available
through   limited  sources  of  supply.  The  Company's  proprietary  integrated
circuits, codec components,  and some  surface mount  technology components  and
other  components  are available  from limited  sources.  If the  Company cannot
obtain essential  components as  required, the  Company may  be unable  to  meet
demand  for its products, thereby adversely  affecting its operating results. In
addition, scarcity  of  such components  could  result in  cost  increases  that
adversely affect the Company's gross margin.
 
    The  Company's printed circuit board  assemblies and channel bank assemblies
are provided by  a limited  number of outside  turnkey suppliers.  In the  event
operations of these turnkey suppliers are impaired or they are unable to support
the  manufacturing requirements of the  Company, the Company's operating results
could be adversely affected.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                     [LOGO]
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                  ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
 
PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
ISSUED JANUARY 30, 1997
                                2,600,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                             ---------------------
 
OF THE  2,600,000 SHARES  OF  COMMON STOCK  OFFERED,  520,000 SHARES  ARE  BEING
OFFERED INITIALLY OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE INTERNATIONAL
  UNDERWRITERS  AND  2,080,000 SHARES  ARE  BEING OFFERED  INITIALLY  IN THE
    UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY  THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS. SEE  "UNDERWRITERS."
    OF   THE  520,000  SHARES   OF  COMMON  STOCK   BEING  OFFERED  BY  THE
     INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS,  40,000 SHARES  ARE  BEING SOLD  BY  THE
       COMPANY   AND  480,000  SHARES  ARE  BEING  SOLD  BY  THE  SELLING
       STOCKHOLDERS. SEE  "PRINCIPAL  AND  SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS."  THE
         COMPANY WILL NOT RECEIVE ANY OF THE PROCEEDS FROM THE SALE OF
           SHARES  BY THE SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS. THE COMPANY'S COMMON
           STOCK IS LISTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET UNDER  THE
             SYMBOL  "AFCI." ON  JANUARY 29,  1997, THE  LAST SALE
              PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AS REPORTED ON THE  NASDAQ
              NATIONAL   MARKET  WAS $46 PER  SHARE. SEE "PRICE
                            RANGE OF COMMON STOCK."
                           --------------------------
 
         THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE ``RISK FACTORS"
                          COMMENCING ON PAGE 4 HEREOF.
                             ---------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
  EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED   UPON   THE   ACCURACY  OR   ADEQUACY   OF   THIS  PROSPECTUS.
       ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO  THE  CONTRARY  IS  A  CRIMINAL   OFFENSE.
                            ------------------------
 
                                PRICE $  A SHARE
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       UNDERWRITING                            PROCEEDS TO
                                     PRICE TO         DISCOUNTS AND        PROCEEDS TO           SELLING
                                      PUBLIC         COMMISSIONS (1)       COMPANY (2)         STOCKHOLDERS
                                ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
<S>                             <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
PER SHARE.....................  $                   $                   $                   $
TOTAL (3).....................  $                   $                   $                   $
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
    (1)  THE COMPANY AND  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE  AGREED TO INDEMNIFY THE
       UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
       SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.
 
    (2) BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY ESTIMATED AT $450,000.
 
    (3) CERTAIN SELLING STOCKHOLDERS  HAVE GRANTED TO  THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS  AN
       OPTION,  EXERCISABLE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP TO
       AN AGGREGATE OF  390,000 ADDITIONAL SHARES  AT THE PRICE  TO PUBLIC  LESS
       UNDERWRITING  DISCOUNTS  AND  COMMISSIONS  FOR  THE  PURPOSE  OF COVERING
       OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE SUCH OPTION IN
       FULL, THE TOTAL PRICE TO  PUBLIC, UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND  COMMISSIONS
       AND  PROCEEDS TO SELLING STOCKHOLDERS WILL BE $            , $
       AND $           , RESPECTIVELY. SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
                         ------------------------------
 
    THE SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR  SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED  BY
THE  UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT  TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
BY WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH &  ROSATI, PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, COUNSEL FOR  THE
UNDERWRITERS.  IT IS  EXPECTED THAT DELIVERY  OF THE  SHARES WILL BE  MADE ON OR
ABOUT             , 1997 AT THE OFFICE OF MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NEW
YORK, N.Y., AGAINST PAYMENT THEREFOR IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
                           --------------------------
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
             INTERNATIONAL
 
                MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
 
                                COWEN & COMPANY
 
                                                               HAMBRECHT & QUIST
 
           , 1997
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  following  table  sets forth  the  costs  and expenses  payable  by the
Registrant in connection with the sale  of Common Stock being registered,  other
than  underwriting discounts and  commissions. All amounts  are estimates except
the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and
the Nasdaq National Market listing fee.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     AMOUNT
                                                                                       TO
                                                                                    BE PAID
                                                                                  ------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
 
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.............................  $     47,002
NASD filing fee.................................................................        16,011
Nasdaq National Market listing fee..............................................         4,000
Printing and engraving expenses.................................................        85,000
Legal fees and expenses.........................................................       125,000
Accounting fees and expenses....................................................        75,000
Blue sky fees and expenses......................................................         3,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees...............................................         5,000
Miscellaneous expenses..........................................................        89,987
                                                                                  ------------
      Total.....................................................................  $    450,000
                                                                                  ------------
                                                                                  ------------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Section 145 of  the General Corporation  Law of the  state of Delaware  (the
``Delaware  Law") empowers a  Delaware corporation to  indemnify any persons who
are, or  are  threatened to  be  made, parties  to  any threatened,  pending  or
completed   legal  action,   suit  or  proceedings,   whether  civil,  criminal,
administrative or investigative (other  than action by or  in the right of  such
corporation),  by reason of the fact that such person was an officer or director
of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation  as
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The
indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and
amounts  paid in settlement  actually and reasonably incurred  by such person in
connection with such action, suit or  proceeding, provided that such officer  or
director  acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the corporation's best interests, and, for criminal  proceedings,
had  no  reasonable  cause  to  believe  his  conduct  was  illegal.  A Delaware
corporation may indemnify officers and directors in an action by or in the right
of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification  is
permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be
liable  to the corporation in  the performance of his  duty. Where an officer or
director is successful on the merits or  otherwise in the defense of any  action
referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which
such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.
 
    In accordance with the Delaware Law, the certificate of incorporation of the
Company contains a provision to limit the personal liability of the directors of
the Registrant for violations of their fiduciary duty. This provision eliminates
each  director's liability  to the Registrant  or its  stockholders for monetary
damages except (i)  for any  breach of  the director's  duty of  loyalty to  the
Registrant  or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii)  under
Section  174  of  the Delaware  Law  providing  for liability  of  directors for
unlawful payment of  dividends or  unlawful stock purchases  or redemptions,  or
(iv)  for any  transaction from  which a  director derived  an improper personal
benefit. The effect of this provision is to eliminate the personal liability  of
directors for monetary damages for actions involving a breach of their fiduciary
duty of care, including any such actions involving gross negligence.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    Article  five of the Bylaws of the Registrant provide for indemnification of
the officers and directors of the Registrant to the fullest extent permitted  by
applicable law.
 
    In  connection  with the  incorporation of  the Registrant  in the  State of
Delaware, the  Registrant  entered  into indemnification  agreements  with  each
director  and certain  officers, a  form of which  is attached  as Exhibit 10.20
hereto and  incorporated herein  by  reference. The  Indemnification  Agreements
provide   indemnification  to   such  directors   and  officers   under  certain
circumstances for acts or omissions which  may not be covered by directors'  and
officers'  liability  insurance. The  Company  intends to  obtain  directors and
officers  liability  insurance,  which  will  insure  against  liabilities  that
directors  or officers of the Company may incur in such capacities. Reference is
also made to Section  7 of the Underwriting  Agreement contained in Exhibit  1.1
hereto,  indemnifying officers and  directors of the  Registrant against certain
liabilities.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    Since January  1994,  the  Registrant  has sold  and  issued  the  following
securities  which were not registered under the Securities Act (all numbers take
into account the stock splits effected in September 1995 and August 1996):
 
    (i) Since January  1994, the  Registrant has  granted stock  options to  its
employees under its stock option plans covering an aggregate of 3,595,198 shares
of  the  Registrant's Common  Stock, at  exercise prices  ranging from  $0.25 to
$59.625 per share.  The Registrant has  issued 206,393 shares  upon exercise  of
these stock options.
 
    (ii)  In March and May 1994, the  Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of
3,200,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (convertible into 3,508,988  shares
of Common Stock) at $2.50 per share to 31 investors, and warrants to purchase an
aggregate  of  600,000  shares of  Common  Stock  at $0.25  per  share  to three
investors, and warrants to purchase an  aggregate of 5,019,520 shares of  Common
Stock at $1.165 per share to 31 investors.
 
   (iii)  In  October  1994, the  Registrant  issued  and sold  an  aggregate of
2,080,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (convertible into 2,280,844  shares
of Common Stock) at $3.125 per share to 13 investors.
 
    (iv)  In May 1995,  the Registrant issued  and sold an  aggregate of 563,600
shares of Common Stock at $0.3125 per share to Donald Green, James Hoeck,  Henri
Sulzer  and John Webley pursuant to a restricted stock issuance program approved
by the Company's Board of Directors.
 
    (v) In  September 1995,  the  Registrant issued  and  sold an  aggregate  of
2,193,540  shares of Series E Preferred Stock (convertible into 2,249,014 shares
of Common Stock) at $7.00 per share to 10 investors, and warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 30,068 shares  of Common Stock  at $7.00 per  share to Hambrecht  &
Quist, L.P.
 
    (vi)  In April 1996, the Registrant issued  and sold an aggregate of 220,000
shares of Series F  Preferred Stock (convertible into  220,000 shares of  Common
Stock)  at an effective price of $7.00 per share to Elec and Eltek Communication
Holdings Limited. The Registrant purchased all  of the stock of AFTEK-Hong  Kong
that  had not previously  been owned by  the Registrant in  exchange for 220,000
shares of such shares of Series F Preferred Stock and approximately $939,000  in
cash.
 
   (vii)  Between January 1994  and January 1997, the  Registrant has issued and
sold  3,970,427  shares  of  Common  Stock  upon  exercise  of  warrants  to  39
individuals.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
    The  sales and issuances  of securities in  the transactions described above
were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in  reliance
upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder,
or   Rule  701  promulgated  under  Section  3(b)  of  the  Securities  Act,  as
transactions by  an issuer  not involving  any public  offering or  transactions
pursuant  to compensatory benefit plans  and contracts relating to compensations
as  provided  under  Rule  701.  The  recipients  of  securities  in  each  such
transaction   represented  their  intentions  to   acquire  the  securities  for
investments only and  not with  a view  to or for  sale in  connection with  any
distribution  thereof  and appropriate  legends were  affixed to  the securities
issued in such transactions. All  recipients had adequate access, through  their
relationships with the Company, to information about the Registrant.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a) Exhibits
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                              DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
- ---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
 
      1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement.**
      3.3  Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.*
      3.5  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.*
      4.1  Specimen Certificate of Common Stock.*
      4.2  Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 29, 1995, between the Registrant and
           certain purchasers of the Registrant's Series E Preferred Stock.*
      4.3  Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (included in Exhibit 3.3).*
      5.1  Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP.**
     10.1  Form of Warrant Issued In Connection with the Sale of the Registrant's Series A Preferred Stock on
           January 6, 1993.*
     10.2  Form of Warrant Issued In Connection with the Sale of the Registrant's Series B Preferred Stock on
           October 5, 1993.*
     10.3  Form of Warrant Issued in Connection with the Sale of the Registrant's Series C Preferred Stock on March
           16, 1994.*
     10.4  Form of Performance Warrant Issued in Connection with the Sale of the Registrant's Series C Preferred
           Stock on March 16, 1994 and May 4, 1994.*
   10.4.1  Form of Amendment to Warrants and Performance Warrants.*
     10.5  Warrant Issued in Connection with the Sale of the Registrant's Series E Preferred Stock on September 29,
           1995.*
     10.6  Restricted Stock Issuance Agreement, dated May 19, 1995, between the Registrant, Donald Green and
           Maureen Green.*
     10.7  Compensation Agreement, dated May 19, 1995, between the Registrant and Donald Green.*
     10.8  Promissory Note Secured by Pledge Agreement, dated May 31, 1995, by Donald Green in favor of the
           Registrant.*
     10.9  Stock Pledge Agreement, dated June 16, 1995, between the Registrant and Donald Green.*
    10.10  Promissory Note issued by Carl Grivner, dated October 5, 1995, in favor of the Registrant.*
    10.11  Shareholder and Joint Venture Agreement, dated December 28, 1995, between the Registrant and Harris
           Corporation, acting for the purposes of the agreement through its Digital Telephone Systems Division.*+
    10.12  Joint Venture & Partnership Agreement, dated April 11, 1994, between the Registrant and Tellabs
           Operations, Inc.*+
    10.13  License, Joint Development, Supply and Authorized Manufacturing Agreement, dated September 25, 1992,
           between the Registrant and Industrial Technology Research Institute of the Republic of China.*+
    10.14  Hangzhou Aftek Communication Registrant Ltd. Contract, dated June 18, 1994, between Advanced Fibre
           Technology Communication (Hong Kong) Limited and Hangzhou Communication Equipment Factory of the MPT.,
           HuaTong Branch.*+
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                              DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
- ---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
    10.15  1445 & 1455 McDowell Boulevard North Net Lease, dated February 1, 1993, between the Registrant and G &
           W/ Redwood Associates Joint Venture, for the premises located at 1445 McDowell Boulevard North.*
    10.16  Redwood Business Park Net Lease, dated July 9, 1995, between the Registrant and G & W/ Redwood
           Associates Joint Venture, for the premises located at 1455 McDowell Boulevard North.*
    10.17  Redwood Business Park Net Lease, dated July 10, 1995, between the Registrant and G & W/ Redwood
           Associates Joint Venture, for the premises located at 1440 McDowell Boulevard North.*
    10.18  Redwood Business Park Net Lease, dated June 3, 1996, between the Registrant and G & W/ Redwood
           Associates Joint Venture, for the premises located at Buildings 1 & 9 of Willowbrook Court.*
    10.19  Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 7, 1995, between the Registrant
           and Bank of the West.*
    10.20  Form of Indemnification Agreement for Executive Officers and Directors of the Registrant.*
    10.21  The Registrant's 1993 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan as amended (the ``1993 Plan").*
    10.22  Form of Stock Option Agreement pertaining to the 1993 Plan.*
    10.23  Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option pertaining to the 1993 Plan.*
    10.24  Form of Stock Purchase Agreement pertaining to the 1993 Plan.*
    10.25  The Registrant's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the ``1996 Plan").*
    10.26  Form of Stock Option Agreement pertaining to the 1996 Plan.*
  10.26.1  Form of Automatic Stock Option Agreement pertaining to the 1996 Plan.*
    10.27  Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option pertaining to the 1996 Plan.*
  10.27.1  Form of Notice of Grant of Non-Employee Director Automatic Stock Option pertaining to the 1996 Plan.*
    10.28  Form of Stock Issuance Agreement pertaining to the 1996 Plan.*
    10.29  The Registrant's Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*
    10.30  Termination Agreement of Joint Venture and Partnership Agreement, dated December 23, 1996, between the
           Registrant and Tellabs Operations, Inc.**
    10.31  License and Marketing Agreement, dated December 23, 1996, between the Registrant and Tellabs Operations,
           Inc.**++
    10.32  OEM Agreement, dated December 23, 1996, between the Registrant and Tellabs Operations, Inc.**
     11.1  Statement regarding computation of per share earnings.**
     21.1  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.*
     23.1  Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent Auditors.
     23.2  Consent of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).**
     24.1  Power of Attorney (see page II-6).**
     27.1  Financial Data Schedule.**
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
*    Incorporated  by reference from the  Registrant's Registration Statement on
    Form S-1 (no. 333-8921) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
    July 26, 1996, as amended, and declared effective September 30, 1996.
 
   
**  Previously filed.
    
 
+   Portions of this Exhibit have been granted Confidential Treatment.
 
++   Portions of  this Exhibit  have  been deleted  pursuant to  a  Confidential
    Treatment Request filed with the Commission.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
 
    The  undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing  specified in  the Underwriting Agreement,  certificates in  such
denominations  and registered in  such names as required  by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
Registrant pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, the certificate  of
incorporation  or the  bylaws of Registrant,  Indemnification Agreements entered
into between  the Registrant  and its  directors and  certain of  its  officers,
Underwriting  Agreement, or otherwise,  the Registrant has  been advised that in
the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission such indemnification  is
against  public policy  as expressed in  the Securities Act,  and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In  the  event that  a  claim for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the  payment by the Registrant  of expenses incurred or
paid by  a director,  officer or  controlling person  of the  Registrant in  the
successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered  hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter  has been  settled by  controlling precedent,  submit to  a court  of
appropriate  jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification by  it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities  Act,
    the  information omitted from the  form of Prospectus filed  as part of this
    Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    Prospectus filed by  the Registrant  pursuant to  Rule 424(b)(1)  or (4)  or
    497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall be  deemed  to  be  part  of this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the  Securities
    Act,  each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
    be deemed to  be a  new Registration  Statement relating  to the  securities
    offered  therein, and the offering of such  securities at that time shall be
    deemed to be the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    PURSUANT  TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE REGISTRANT
HAS DULY CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1  TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED  ON
ITS  BEHALF  BY  THE UNDERSIGNED,  THEREUNTO  DULY  AUTHORIZED, IN  THE  CITY OF
PETALUMA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON THIS 30TH DAY OF JANUARY, 1997.
    
 
                                       ADVANCED FIBRE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
   
                                       By           /S/ DAN E. STEIMLE
    
                                         ---------------------------------------
   
                                                     Dan E. Steimle
                                             VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF FINANCIAL
                                                        OFFICER,
                                                 TREASURER AND SECRETARY
    
 
   
    PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE  SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS  AMENDMENT
NO.  1 TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               SIGNATURE                                         TITLE                                    DATE
- ---------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------  ----------------------
 
<C>                                      <S>                                                     <C>
           /s/ DONALD GREEN*
    -------------------------------      Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer          January 30, 1997
             Donald Green                 (principal executive officer)
 
         /s/ CARL J. GRIVNER*
    -------------------------------      President, Chief Operating Officer and Director            January 30, 1997
            Carl J. Grivner
 
          /s/ DAN E. STEIMLE             Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and
    -------------------------------       Secretary (principal financial and accounting             January 30, 1997
            Dan E. Steimle                officer)
 
           /s/ B.J. CASSIN*
    -------------------------------      Director                                                   January 30, 1997
              B.J. Cassin
 
      /s/ CLIFFORD H. HIGGERSON*
    -------------------------------      Director                                                   January 30, 1997
         Clifford H. Higgerson
 
          /s/ BRIAN JACKMAN*
    -------------------------------      Director                                                   January 30, 1997
             Brian Jackman
 
            /s/ DAN RASDAL*
    -------------------------------      Director                                                   January 30, 1997
              Dan Rasdal
 
      *By:     /s/ DAN E. STEIMLE
      --------------------------
            Dan E. Steimle
           ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                              DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
- ---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
 
      1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement.**
      3.3  Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.*
      3.5  Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.*
      4.1  Specimen Certificate of Common Stock.*
      4.2  Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 29, 1995, between the Registrant and
           certain purchasers of the Registrant's Series E Preferred Stock.*
      4.3  Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (included in Exhibit 3.3).*
      5.1  Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP.**
     10.1  Form of Warrant Issued In Connection with the Sale of the Registrant's Series A Preferred Stock on
           January 6, 1993.*
     10.2  Form of Warrant Issued In Connection with the Sale of the Registrant's Series B Preferred Stock on
           October 5, 1993.*
     10.3  Form of Warrant Issued in Connection with the Sale of the Registrant's Series C Preferred Stock on March
           16, 1994.*
     10.4  Form of Performance Warrant Issued in Connection with the Sale of the Registrant's Series C Preferred
           Stock on March 16, 1994 and May 4, 1994.*
   10.4.1  Form of Amendment to Warrants and Performance Warrants.*
     10.5  Warrant Issued in Connection with the Sale of the Registrant's Series E Preferred Stock on September 29,
           1995.*
     10.6  Restricted Stock Issuance Agreement, dated May 19, 1995, between the Registrant, Donald Green and
           Maureen Green.*
     10.7  Compensation Agreement, dated May 19, 1995, between the Registrant and Donald Green.*
     10.8  Promissory Note Secured by Pledge Agreement, dated May 31, 1995, by Donald Green in favor of the
           Registrant.*
     10.9  Stock Pledge Agreement, dated June 16, 1995, between the Registrant and Donald Green.*
    10.10  Promissory Note issued by Carl Grivner, dated October 5, 1995, in favor of the Registrant.*
    10.11  Shareholder and Joint Venture Agreement, dated December 28, 1995, between the Registrant and Harris
           Corporation, acting for the purposes of the agreement through its Digital Telephone Systems Division.*+
    10.12  Joint Venture & Partnership Agreement, dated April 11, 1994, between the Registrant and Tellabs
           Operations, Inc.*+
    10.13  License, Joint Development, Supply and Authorized Manufacturing Agreement, dated September 25, 1992,
           between the Registrant and Industrial Technology Research Institute of the Republic of China.*+
    10.14  Hangzhou Aftek Communication Registrant Ltd. Contract, dated June 18, 1994, between Advanced Fibre
           Technology Communication (Hong Kong) Limited and Hangzhou Communication Equipment Factory of the MPT.,
           HuaTong Branch.*+
    10.15  1445 & 1455 McDowell Boulevard North Net Lease, dated February 1, 1993, between the Registrant and G &
           W/ Redwood Associates Joint Venture, for the premises located at 1445 McDowell Boulevard North.*
    10.16  Redwood Business Park Net Lease, dated July 9, 1995, between the Registrant and G & W/ Redwood
           Associates Joint Venture, for the premises located at 1455 McDowell Boulevard North.*
    10.17  Redwood Business Park Net Lease, dated July 10, 1995, between the Registrant and G & W/ Redwood
           Associates Joint Venture, for the premises located at 1440 McDowell Boulevard North.*
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                              DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
- ---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>
    10.18  Redwood Business Park Net Lease, dated June 3, 1996, between the Registrant and G & W/ Redwood
           Associates Joint Venture, for the premises located at Buildings 1 & 9 of Willowbrook Court.*
    10.19  Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 7, 1995, between the Registrant
           and Bank of the West.*
    10.20  Form of Indemnification Agreement for Executive Officers and Directors of the Registrant.*
    10.21  The Registrant's 1993 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan as amended (the ``1993 Plan").*
    10.22  Form of Stock Option Agreement pertaining to the 1993 Plan.*
    10.23  Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option pertaining to the 1993 Plan.*
    10.24  Form of Stock Purchase Agreement pertaining to the 1993 Plan.*
    10.25  The Registrant's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the ``1996 Plan").*
    10.26  Form of Stock Option Agreement pertaining to the 1996 Plan.*
  10.26.1  Form of Automatic Stock Option Agreement pertaining to the 1996 Plan.*
    10.27  Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Option pertaining to the 1996 Plan.*
  10.27.1  Form of Notice of Grant of Non-Employee Director Automatic Stock Option pertaining to the 1996 Plan.*
    10.28  Form of Stock Issuance Agreement pertaining to the 1996 Plan.*
    10.29  The Registrant's Employee Stock Purchase Plan.*
    10.30  Termination Agreement of Joint Venture and Partnership Agreement, dated December 23, 1996, between the
           Registrant and Tellabs Operations, Inc.**
    10.31  License and Marketing Agreement, dated December 23, 1996, between the Registrant and Tellabs Operations,
           Inc.**++
    10.32  OEM Agreement, dated December 23, 1996, between the Registrant and Tellabs Operations, Inc.**
     11.1  Statement regarding computation of per share earnings.**
     21.1  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.*
     23.1  Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent Auditors.
     23.2  Consent of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).**
     24.1  Power of Attorney (see page II-6).**
     27.1  Financial Data Schedule.**
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------
*    Incorporated  by reference from the  Registrant's Registration Statement on
    Form S-1 (no. 333-8921) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
    July 26, 1996, as amended, and declared effective September 30, 1996.
 
   
**  Previously filed.
    
 
+   Portions of this Exhibit have been granted Confidential Treatment.
 
++   Portions of  this Exhibit  have  been deleted  pursuant to  a  Confidential
    Treatment Request filed with the Commission.

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors
Advanced Fibre Communications, Inc.:
 
    We  consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the headings "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Experts"
in the Prospectus.
 
                                          KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
   
San Francisco, California
January 30, 1997
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission